Test bank for Cultural Anthropology 19Ed. by Conrad Kottak ALL Chapters 1-15 included.

CHAPTER 1 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) Anthropology is a uniquely holistic and comparative science. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2)

Holism refers to traditions and customs transmitted through learning. ⊚ true ⊚ false

3)

Food production refers to the cultivation of plants and domestication of animals. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4) In the discussion of the four types of high-altitude adaptation, "technology" (a form of adaptation) was considered a "biological" type of adaptation. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5)

The biocultural view studies only the biological sides of humanity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6)

Paleoecology looks at the ecosystems of the past. ⊚ true ⊚ false

7)

Anthropology is comprised of four subfields. ⊚ true ⊚ false

8)

Ethnography is a key part of biological anthropology.

Version 1

1

⊚ ⊚

true false

9)

The practice of "garbology" has been used in the subfield of anthropological archaeology. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10)

A biological anthropologist might study the field known as primatology. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11) Cultural resource management would not study the impact of pending construction and its potential effects on an archaeological site. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12)

The interests and methods of anthropology and sociology are now converging. ⊚ true ⊚ false

13)

In the chapter, anthropology is not considered a humanistic science. ⊚ true ⊚ false

14)

A suggested but as yet unverified explanation is called a hypothesis. ⊚ true ⊚ false

15)

Anthropologists study only non-Western cultures. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

2

16)

Humans can adapt to their surroundings through both biological and cultural means. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17)

Culture is not itself biological but rests on certain features of human biology. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18) Participation and achievement in sports are intrinsically motivated and are not influenced by cultural standards of attractiveness and propriety. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19) Anthropologists agree that a comparative, cross-cultural approach is unnecessary as long as researchers are diligent in their work. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20) Ethnography involves the collection of data that is used to create an account of a particular community, society, or culture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

21)

Ethnomusicology is one of the four main subfields of anthropology. ⊚ true ⊚ false

22)

Archaeologists study only prehistoric communities. ⊚ true ⊚ false

23)

Biological anthropologists study only human bones.

Version 1

3

⊚ ⊚

true false

24) As an academic discipline, anthropology falls under both the social sciences and the humanities. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25) The differences between sociology and cultural anthropology are becoming increasingly distinct. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26) Psychologists tend to study only people living in the non-Western world, so anthropology has very little to offer to this field. ⊚ true ⊚ false

27) Applied anthropology encompasses any use of the knowledge and/or techniques of its four subfields to identify, assess, and solve theoretical problems. ⊚ true ⊚ false

28)

Theories must be proved correct before they can be accepted. ⊚ true ⊚ false

29)

In the social sciences, explanations are usually probable rather than absolute. ⊚ true ⊚ false

30) According to this chapter's "Focus on Globalization," American baseball appears to be more ethnically diverse than American football or basketball.

Version 1

4

⊚ ⊚

true false

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

31) Holism refers to A) the comparative study of cultures.

B) an approach in anthropology that parallels participant observation.

C) a focus on the small details of culture.

D) the study of the whole of the human condition.

E) an adaptive change that occurred in early humans.

32)

Cultures are described as

A) biological influences on human behavior.

B) traditions and customs that are transmitted through learning and that form and guide the beliefs and behavior of the people exposed to them.

C) traditions of an economic nature that impact the spending habits of people.

D) notions of sophistication that determine one's social status.

E) influences of parenting and custom that impact humans.

33)

Anthropology A) is the study of human populations.

B) is the study of North American cultures.

C) is the study of humans around the world and through time.

D) focuses on the biological aspects of humans, with little focus on cultural issues.

E) is a subfield of sociology.

34)

An example of a cultural adaptation to high altitude would be

Version 1

5

A) an increased heart rate and hyperventilation.

B) a more efficient respiratory system to extract oxygen from "thin air."

C) the larger "barrel chests" of native highlanders.

D) pressurized airplane cabins with oxygen masks.

E) neural feedback systems within human arms.

35)

Adaptation

A) is a form of instinct.

B) cannot be passed along to offspring.

C) makes some organisms better than others.

D) refers to the processes by which organisms cope with environmental forces and stresses.

E) is a biological phenomenon with few cultural implications.

36) Increased heart rate and hyperventilation, as discussed in the case study of adaptation to high altitudes, is which type of adaptation?

A) cultural adaptation B) technology C) genetic adaptation D) long-term physiological adaptation E) short-term physiological adaptation

37)

When did food production originate?

A) 700−500 years ago B) 1,500−1,000 years ago C) 5,000−3,000 years ago D) 12,000−10,000 years ago E) 120,000−100,000 years ago

38)

Which of the following statements takes a biocultural perspective?

Version 1

6

A) A certain culture shuns athletics because a flabby body is considered attractive.

B) In the field, anthropologists try to blend in with the culture they are studying.

C) Some archaeologists study the interrelations among living things in an environment.

D) Traditionally, ethnographers worked with small and nonliterate populations.

E) Many cultural anthropologists prefer to analyze and interpret aspects of culture, rather than trying to explain them scientifically.

39)

General anthropology refers to A) anthropology as a whole, or "four-field anthropology."

B) anthropology as a whole, or "three-field anthropology."

C) anthropology as a whole, or "two-field anthropology."

D) the study of everyday life in natural settings.

E) the study of primates.

40)

The four fields of anthropology include A) ethnography, primatology, linguistics, and kinship.

B) cultural, archaeological, biological, and linguistic anthropology.

C) archaeology, cultural anthropology, gender roles, and linguistics.

D) cultural anthropology, sociology, psychology, and economics.

E) kinship, economics, political organization, and religion.

41)

General anthropology is a North American concept because

A) Europeans do not study cultural anthropology.

B) only North Americans study Native Americans.

C) Europeans do not study any of the four fields of anthropology.

D) interest in the origins and diversity of Native Americans brought together the four fields of anthropology.

E) North American archaeologists in the nineteenth century weren't interested in Native Americans.

Version 1

7

42) The subfield that describes, analyzes, interprets, and explains social and cultural similarities and differences is called A) cultural ethnography.

B) cultural anthropology.

C) cultural archaeology.

D) anthropological archaeology.

E) biological anthropology.

43) The term that cultural anthropologists use to describe fieldwork in a particular cultural setting is A) ethnology.

B) social psychology.

C) manwatching.

D) ethnography.

E) field patterning.

44)

Ethnology is

A) a research methodology that focuses on direct observation of people in social settings.

B) a term used to describe the emphasis on world events in the era of globalization.

C) a form of primatological research.

D) fieldwork in a specific society.

E) the study of sociocultural differences and similarities based on data gathered in different societies.

45)

Anthropological archaeology

A) looks at the linguistic patterns of humans from around the world.

B) studies only material culture of the distant past.

C) looks at the biological makeup ofHomo sapiens.

D) reconstructs, describes, and interprets human behavior and cultural patterns through material remains.

E) studies the significance of historic architectural structures.

Version 1

8

46)

The study of the interrelations among living things in an environment is called A) anthropology.

B) cultural resource management.

C) ecology.

D) cultural anthropology.

E) applied anthropology.

47)

Biological anthropology includes the study of A) cultural symbols.

B) speech patterns.

C) human genetics.

D) religion.

E) behavior in social groups.

48) The thinker who understood that the variety that exists in any population permits some individuals to do better than others at surviving and reproducing was A) Franz Boas.

B) Charles Darwin.

C) Bronislaw Malinowski.

D) Herbert Spencer.

E) Max Weber.

49)

Linguistic anthropology A) studies language in its social and cultural context, across space and time.

B) studies only the languages of primates.

C) studies only languages that are spoken in the present day.

D) studies only languages that were spoken in the past.

E) studies only the sounds that make up languages.

Version 1

9

50)

Sociolinguistics investigates A) the evolution of languages.

B) historical aspects of language, without regard for the social contexts of language.

C) biological aspects of human language.

D) relationships between primate sign language and human sign language.

E) relationships between social and linguistic variation.

51)

Applied anthropology

A) focuses primarily on theory.

B) is limited to applications from the subfield of biological anthropology.

C) refers to the application of anthropological data and methods to solve contemporary social problems.

D) is an offshoot of clinical psychology.

E) is an offshoot of applied sociology.

52)

Cultural resource management A) involves only preserving sites.

B) in some cases allows for the destruction of sites if they are not significant.

C) is concerned with the preservation of languages before they go extinct.

D) is a subarea of cultural anthropology.

E) is a subarea of biological anthropology.

53) The name of the branch of anthropology that includes activities such as cultural resource management, public educational programs, and historic preservation is A) business archaeology.

B) public archaeology.

C) museum archaeology.

D) practicing fieldwork.

E) home archaeology.

Version 1

10

54) A field of study that seeks reliable explanations, with reference to the material and physical world, is called A) philosophy.

B) psychology.

C) science.

D) religion.

E) scientology.

55) As a field of study that is devoted to discovering, describing, understanding, appreciating, and explaining similarities and differences in time and space among humans and our ancestors, anthropology can be considered A) less scientific.

B) more scientific.

C) not at all scientific.

D) a "humanistic science."

E) to focus more on personal and political biases.

56)

As opposed to sociology, cultural anthropologists traditionally

A) focused more on the study of popular culture.

B) relied more on biological analyses of societies.

C) tended to focus less on the use of statistical methods and have studied small and nonliterate societies.

D) offered more truths and profound understandings of society.

E) focused, almost exclusively, on the study of life in corporate settings.

57)

Cultural anthropology, as compared to psychology,

Version 1

11

A) conducts research only in home societies.

B) relies on cross-cultural comparisons of psychological patterns to make statements about human psychology.

C) observes the psychological patterns in home societies and applies them universally.

D) has a more positive professional image.

E) has many more undergraduate majors in the discipline.

58) __________ studies cross-cultural similarities and differences in psychological traits and conditions.

A) Ethnography B) Sociolinguistics C) Psychological anthropology D) Physical anthropology E) Applied anthropology

59)

Culturally specific syndromes are A) not something that anthropologists study.

B) universals of the human experience.

C) patterns of behavior that over time create disease.

D) a method of studying group interaction.

E) patterns of unusual behavior confined to a single culture or a group of related cultures.

60)

The example of koro was used to describe A) an ethnographic study in Brazil.

B) culturally specific syndromes.

C) a contrast of etic and emic analyses.

D) a theoretical dispute among cultural anthropologists.

E) anorexia.

61)

The postpartum taboo is an example of

Version 1

12

A) the scientific method being used to hypothesize the origin of a social custom.

B) how diseases can be avoided.

C) why cultural resource management is important.

D) how anthropologists can study medicine.

E) a highly controversial issue among anthropologists.

62)

A __________ is a framework of logically connected ideas.

A) theory B) religion C) platonic solid D) fact E) method

63)

Covariation of variables is referred to as a(n) A) theory.

B) fact.

C) association.

D) paradigm.

E) set.

64)

A(n) __________ is a proposed explanation for an association and must be tested.

A) cosmology B) association C) theory D) hypothesis E) fact

65)

What is the first step in the scientific method?

Version 1

13

A) Contribute to larger theory.

B) Get data to test your hypothesis.

C) Draw a conclusion.

D) Have a research question.

E) Analyze your data.

66)

As it relates to social science, "laws" A) tend to be imperfect generalizations.

B) apply in all instances of an association.

C) do not have exceptions.

D) are useful only if they apply 100 percent of the time.

E) make things less predictable.

67)

A holistic and comparative perspective

A) makes general anthropology superior to sociocultural anthropology.

B) refers only to the cultural aspects of human diversity that anthropologists study.

C) makes anthropology an interesting field of study, but too broad of one to apply to real problems people face today.

D) most characterizes anthropology when compared to other disciplines that study humans.

E) is the hallmark of all social sciences, not just anthropology.

68) As humans organize their lives and adapt to different environments, our abilities to learn, think symbolically, use language, and employ tools and other products

Version 1

14

A) rest on certain features of human biology that make culture itself a biological phenomenon.

B) have made some human groups more cultured than others.

C) prove that only fully developed adults have the capacity for culture; children lack the capacity for culture until they mature.

D) rest on certain features of human biology that make culture, which is not itself biological, possible.

E) are shared with other animals capable of organized group life—such as baboons, wolves, and even ants.

69)

Which of the following statements about culture is FALSE? A) Culture is a key aspect of human adaptability and success.

B) Culture is passed on genetically to future generations.

C) Cultural forces consistently mold and shape human biology and behavior.

D) Culture guides the beliefs and behavior of the people exposed to it.

E) Culture is passed on from generation to generation.

70)

What is the process by which children learn a particular cultural tradition?

A) acculturation B) ethnology C) enculturation D) ethnography E) biological adaptation

71) This chapter's description of how humans cope with low oxygen pressure in high altitudes illustrates

Version 1

15

A) human capacities for cultural and biological adaptation, the latter involving both genetic and physiological adaptations.

B) how biological adaptations are effective only when they are genetic.

C) how human plasticity has decreased ever since we embraced a sedentary lifestyle some 10,000 years ago.

D) how in matters of life or death, biology is ultimately more important than culture.

E) the need for anthropologists to pay more attention to human adaptation in extreme environments.

72) The presence of more efficient respiratory systems to extract oxygen from the air among human populations living at high altitudes is an example of A) short-term physiological adaptation.

B) cultural adaptation.

C) symbolic adaptation.

D) genetic adaptation.

E) long-term physiological adaptation.

73) In order to cope with the range of environments humans have occupied in time and space, which of the following have humans become increasingly dependent on?

A) social and cultural means of adaptation B) biological means of adaptation, mostly thanks to advanced medical research C) a holistic and comparative approach to problem solving D) social institutions, such as the state, that coordinate collective action E) technological means of adaptation, such as the creation of virtual worlds that allow us to escape from day-to-day reality

74) Today's global economy and communications link all contemporary people, directly or indirectly, in the modern world system. People must now cope with forces generated by progressively larger systems—the region, the nation, and the world. Why does the study of how local people adapt to global forces pose challenges to anthropologists according to Marcus and Fischer?

Version 1

16

A) Truly isolated indigenous communities, anthropology's traditional and ongoing study focus, are becoming harder to find.

B) The cultures of world peoples need to be constantly rediscovered as these people reinvent them in changing historical circumstances.

C) A more dynamic world system, with greater and faster movements of people across space, speeds up the process of evolution, making the study of genetic adaptations more difficult.

D) Anthropological research tools do not work in this new modern world system, making their contributions less valuable.

E) Since cultures are tied to place, people moving around and connecting across space means the end of culture, and thus the end of anthropology.

75) Which of the following perspectives emphasizes how cultural forces constantly mold human biology?

A) cultural genetics perspective B) biocultural perspective C) psychological anthropological perspective D) holistic perspective E) scientific-humanistic perspective

76)

Anthropologists' early interest in Native North Americans

A) is unique to European anthropology.

B) was more important than interest in the relation between biology and culture in the development of United States four-field anthropology.

C) proved early on that culture is a function of race.

D) is an important historical reason for the development of four-field anthropology in the United States.

E) was replaced in the 1930s by the two-field approach.

77)

How are the four subfields of U.S. anthropology unified?

Version 1

17

A) Each subfield studies human variation through time and space.

B) Each subfield studies the human capacity for language.

C) Each subfield studies human biological variability.

D) Each subfield studies human genetic variation through time and space.

E) The subfields really are not unified; their grouping into one discipline is a historical accident.

78)

What is one of the most fundamental key assumptions that anthropologists share?

A) There are no universals, so cross-cultural research is bound to fail.

B) A degree in philosophy is the best way to produce good ethnography.

C) We can draw conclusions about human nature by studying a single society.

D) Anthropologists cannot agree on what anthropology is, much less share key assumptions.

E) A comparative, cross-cultural approach is essential to study the human condition.

79)

Ethnography is the A) study of biological adaptability.

B) preliminary data that sociologists use to develop survey research.

C) fieldwork component of cultural anthropology.

D) cross-cultural comparative component of cultural anthropology.

E) generalizing aspect of cultural anthropology.

80) Based on his observation that contact between neighboring tribes had existed since humanity’s beginnings and covered enormous areas, Franz Boas argued that A) cultures should not be treated as isolated phenomena.

B) even the earliest foragers engaged in warfare.

C) language must have originated among the Neandertals.

D) biology, not culture, was responsible for the vast majority of human diversity.

E) general anthropologists were wrong to focus too much attention on biology.

Version 1

18

81) What component of cultural anthropology is comparative and focused on building theories to enhance our understanding of how cultural systems work?

A) ethnography B) data collection C) ethnology D) fieldwork E) data entry

82) Archaeologists studying sunken ships off the coast of Florida or analyzing the content of modern garbage are examples of how A) archaeologists study the culture of historical and even living peoples.

B) Hollywood has popularized archaeology in recent movies, making it a popular college major.

C) archaeology is going through an identity crisis, with its practitioners questioning the discipline's focus on studying prehistory.

D) archaeology is free from having to worry about the impact of its work on people.

E) training in the use of research skills for extreme environments—such as landfills and the deep sea—are worth the time, resources, and risk for the sake of the anthropological knowledge gained.

83)

Which of the following best describes biological anthropology?

A) the study of language and linguistic diversity B) the study of public health C) the study of human biological diversity D) the study of biology through material remains E) the study of biological and cultural approaches to a given problem

84)

Primatology is a specialty within

Version 1

19

A) linguistic anthropology.

B) biological anthropology.

C) cultural anthropology.

D) applied anthropology.

E) anthropological archaeology.

85)

Linguistic anthropology

A) compares and contrasts data obtained from ethnography and uses it to generalize about society and culture.

B) relies heavily on the methods of phrenology.

C) involves reconstructing the basics of ancient languages by comparing their contemporary descendants.

D) includes cultural anthropology and paleoecology.

E) has securely dated the origin of hominid language.

86) Which of the following dimensions were recognized by the American Anthropological Association when it formally acknowledged a public service role?

A) academic anthropology and applied anthropology B) ethnology and public ethnography C) cultural resource management and medical anthropology D) private anthropology and public anthropology E) applied anthropology and practicing anthropology

87)

Applied anthropology

Version 1

20

A) originated at the same time that anthropology's four-field approach became established among early-twentieth-century U.S. academics.

B) has yet to be recognized by the American Anthropological Association.

C) encompasses any use of the knowledge and/or techniques of its four subfields to identify, assess, and solve present-day problems.

D) focuses on preparing emerging academic scholars to improve their grant application skills.

E) is a European phenomenon.

88) During a massive construction project, a city came across a treasure trove of archeological sites under its streets. The city officials decided to call in an expert to help decide what needed to be saved and how to preserve information about what was not saved. This expert's role is best described as A) sociological anthropology.

B) biological anthropology.

C) sociolinguistics.

D) cultural resource management.

E) historic preservation.

89) Anthropology is a science, yet it has been suggested that anthropology is among the most humanistic of all academic fields. This is because A) its main object of study is humans.

B) of its fundamental respect for human diversity.

C) its findings are best expressed with the tools of the humanities.

D) the field, particularly in the United States, traces its origins to philosophy and literature.

E) it puts so much emphasis on the study of culture that cannot be studied scientifically.

90)

Anthropology may improve psychological studies of human behavior by contributing

Version 1

21

A) examples of primitive thinking from tribal societies.

B) nothing, since anthropology focuses on culture and psychology concentrates on personality.

C) prehistoric analysis.

D) a humanistic approach to psychology.

E) a cross-cultural perspective on models of human psychology.

91) If an anthropologist proposes an explanation for something but it has yet to be verified, he or she has made a(n) A) association.

B) generalization.

C) theory.

D) law.

E) hypothesis.

92)

Which of the following statements about theories is the most accurate?

A) Theories refer to a covariation of variables.

B) Theories are untested explanations for something.

C) Theories provide explanations for associations.

D) Theories state a uniform association between two variables.

E) Theories are generalizations that are universally valid.

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

93) Briefly explain what is meant by the statement "anthropology is the holistic and comparative study of humanity." Provide a relevant example to explain each of these concepts.

94) Briefly describe what is meant by "culture" as it is understood by anthropologists. In addition to defining what it is, give an example of culture in the everyday world.

Version 1

22

95) Discuss why adaptation is of particular interest to anthropologists. Provide an example of how a focus on adaptation could provide an anthropologist with more information about a culture and its people.

96) Discuss the historical and logical reasons for the inclusion of the four subfields in anthropology.

97) Discuss what ethnography is and state how it is used in anthropology. Discuss how an anthropological perspective derived from ethnographic fieldwork often differs from that of economics or political science.

98) Discuss what ethnology is and describe how it is used in anthropology. Provide one example of how useful knowledge may be derived from ethnology.

99) What is applied anthropology? In addition to a definition, provide an example that illustrates some of the aims of applied anthropology.

Version 1

23

100) In the text, anorexia nervosa was mentioned as an example of culturally specific syndromes. Discuss what a culturally specific syndrome is and how anorexia serves as an example.

101) Using the case study of the postpartum taboo as an example, discuss how cross-cultural studies contribute to anthropology.

102) Discuss what a theory is and explain why theories are a significant foundation of the scientific method in anthropology.

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

103) Write an essay in which you discuss the four forms of adaptation that relate to the case of high altitude. In your essay be sure to define what adaptation is and then discuss each of the four types of adaptation with reference to "form of adaptation" and "type of adaptation," providing an example for each.

104) Discuss the four fields of anthropology. In your response, be sure to clearly detail each of the four fields, including what the field addresses, how it studies its domain of understanding, and the types of research within it. Provide one example for each of the four fields, which clearly describes what an anthropologist in that field would study.

Version 1

24

105) Write an essay in which you compare the approaches used in anthropology to those used in other disciplines. Be sure to address the relationship between anthropology and science as well as how anthropology compares to and differs from sociology and psychology.

106) Discuss the nine steps in using the scientific method. In addition to describing each of the steps in the correct order, incorporate an example of a type of research and discuss it in each step of the scientific method.

107) This chapter begins with a bold claim: "Anthropologists study human beings wherever and whenever they find them." Yet, there are limits to when and where anthropologists can carry out their work. Can you think of any? How might your consideration of these limits affect how you would design an anthropological study?

108)

What is culture? How do anthropologists define and study culture?

Version 1

25

109) What does holism refer to? Why is the concept central to anthropology? How does this concept relate to the "four-field" approach within the discipline? Have you encountered this concept in any of your other classes?

110) This chapter provides an example of human adaptation to high altitude to illustrate the various forms of cultural and biological adaptation. Can you think of another example that illustrates the broad capacity of humans to adapt both biologically and culturally?

111) What does biocultural perspective refer to? If you are planning to major in the biological sciences or planning a career as a medical doctor or clinical researcher, how might a minor in anthropology complement your education? If you are thinking of majoring in the humanities, how might a minor in anthropology complement your education?

112) This chapter considers differences and similarities between anthropology and other academic fields, such as sociology and psychology. What about history?

Version 1

26

113) In this chapter, John Whiting's research regarding the postpartum taboo is used to illustrate the application of the scientific method in an anthropological study. Describe theories, associations, and explanations using his research as an example.

Version 1

27

Answer Key Test name: Chap 01_19e_Kottak 1) TRUE 2) FALSE 3) TRUE 4) FALSE 5) FALSE 6) TRUE 7) TRUE 8) FALSE 9) TRUE 10) TRUE 11) FALSE 12) TRUE 13) FALSE 14) TRUE 15) FALSE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) FALSE 19) FALSE 20) TRUE 21) FALSE 22) FALSE 23) FALSE 24) TRUE 25) FALSE 26) FALSE Version 1

28

27) FALSE 28) FALSE 29) TRUE 30) TRUE 31) D 32) B 33) C 34) D 35) D 36) E 37) D 38) A 39) A 40) B 41) D 42) B 43) D 44) E 45) D 46) C 47) C 48) B 49) A 50) E 51) C 52) B 53) B 54) C 55) D 56) C Version 1

29

57) B 58) C 59) E 60) B 61) A 62) A 63) C 64) D 65) D 66) A 67) D 68) D 69) B 70) C 71) A 72) E 73) A 74) B 75) B 76) D 77) A 78) E 79) C 80) A 81) C 82) A 83) C 84) B 85) C 86) A Version 1

30

87) C 88) D 89) B 90) E 91) E 92) C

Version 1

31

CHAPTER 2 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) Culture helps us define the world in which we live, to express feelings and ideas, and to guide our behavior and perceptions. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2)

Culture is transmitted by both formal and informal instruction, but not by observation. ⊚ true ⊚ false

3)

Culture is transmitted in society. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4) According to Leslie White, culture is dependent upon the ability to create and use symbols. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5) Cultures are integrated, patterned systems in which a change in one part often leads to changes in other parts. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6) Although culture is one of the principal means humans use to adapt to their environment, some cultural traits can be harmful to a group's survival. ⊚ true ⊚ false

7)

While cultural abilities have a biological basis, they do not have an evolutionary basis. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

1

8) Although humans do employ tools much more than any other animal does, tool use also turns up among several nonhuman species, including birds, beavers, sea otters, and apes. ⊚ true ⊚ false

9)

Hunting is a distinctive human activity not shared with the apes. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10) Once an individual has been enculturated, that person must adhere to the cultural rules that govern that culture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11) Cultural particularities are unique to certain cultures, while cultural generalities are common to several (but not all) cultures. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12)

Common symbols have the same meaning across cultures and individuals. ⊚ true ⊚ false

13) Practice theory recognizes that the study of anthropology takes a lot of practice before resulting in accurate descriptions of a culture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

14) Although there are many different levels of culture, an individual can participate in only one level at a time. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

2

15) Only people living in the industrialized, capitalist countries of Europe and the United States are ethnocentric. ⊚ true ⊚ false

16) Every anthropologist has to approve customs such as infanticide, cannibalism, and torture to recognize their existence and determine their causes and the motivations behind them. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17) Cultural relativists believe that a culture should be judged only according to the standards and traditions of that culture and not according to the standards of other cultural traditions. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18) Anthropology is characterized by a methodological rather than moral relativism; in order to understand another culture fully, anthropologists try to understand its members' beliefs and motivations. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19)

Methodological relativism does not preclude making moral judgments or taking action. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20) The idea of universal and inalienable human rights that are superior to the laws and ethics of any one culture can conflict with some of the ideas central to cultural relativism. ⊚ true ⊚ false

21)

Diffusion plays an important role in spreading cultural traits around the world.

Version 1

3

⊚ ⊚

true false

22) In many countries, use of the English language reflects a colonial history and is thus a consequence of forced diffusion. ⊚ true ⊚ false

23) Independent invention occurs when two or more cultures independently come up with similar solutions to a common problem. ⊚ true ⊚ false

24)

Acculturation is the process by which people lose the culture they learned as children. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25) Indigenous cultures are at the mercy of the forces of globalization, as they can do nothing to stop threats to their cultural identity, autonomy, and livelihood. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26)

Globalization has led to new forms of cultural expression. ⊚ true ⊚ false

27) According to the chapter, the idea of culture is not considered to be a central concern to anthropologists. ⊚ true ⊚ false

28) An example of "culture is all-encompassing" might be the shared beliefs, values, memories, and expectations that link people who grow up in the same culture.

Version 1

4

⊚ ⊚

true false

29)

Core values of a culture distinguish it from other cultures. ⊚ true ⊚ false

30)

According to the text, the term hominins refers to chimps and gorillas. ⊚ true ⊚ false

31)

A universal is something that exists in every culture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

32)

When cultural traits are borrowed, they are reintegrated to fit the culture that adopts them. ⊚ true ⊚ false

33)

Contemporary anthropologists tend to see culture as an entity rather than a process. ⊚ true ⊚ false

34)

An example of national culture might be soccer or basketball. ⊚ true ⊚ false

35) Cultural relativism is the tendency to view one's own culture as superior and to use one's own standards and values in judging outsiders. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

5

36) A cultural relativist would have no problem with using his or her own values or cultural understandings to judge another culture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

37)

Intellectual property rights are individual rights and not cultural rights. ⊚ true ⊚ false

38)

One example of acculturation is a pidgin. ⊚ true ⊚ false

39)

Diffusion is always direct, whereas acculturation is indirect. ⊚ true ⊚ false

40)

One example of the political meaning of globalization is the protests against the WTO. ⊚ true ⊚ false

41)

Financial globalization restricts the control nations have over their own economies. ⊚ true ⊚ false

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

42) Which of the following statements about culture is TRUE?

Version 1

6

A) It is the exclusive domain of the elite.

B) It is acquired by humans as members of society through the process of enculturation.

C) It is being destroyed by electronic media.

D) It developed among nonhuman primates around 10,000 years ago.

E) It is more developed in industrial nations than among hunters and gatherers.

43)

Which of the following statements about enculturation is FALSE?

A) It occurs through a process of conscious and unconscious learning.

B) It results in internalization of a cultural tradition.

C) It may involve direct teaching.

D) It is the exchange of cultural features that results when two or more groups come into consistent firsthand contact.

E) It is the process by which culture is learned and transmitted across generations.

44)

Regarding human capacity for culture, anthropologists agree that

A) although women and men both share the emotional and intellectual capacities for culture, at the population level there is less variability in these capacities among men than among women.

B) although individuals differ in their emotional and intellectual capacities, all human populations have equivalent capacities for culture.

C) although an individual's genetic endowment does not affect that person's ability to learn cultural traditions, it does affect his or her capacity to change culture creatively.

D) because human populations differ in their emotional and intellectual capacities, the ability to learn culture differs among societies.

E) both mental abilities and mental disabilities are evenly distributed among individuals of all cultures.

45) Anthropologist Clifford Geertz defined culture as ideas based on cultural learning and symbols. For anthropologist Leslie White, culture originated when our ancestors acquired the ability to use symbols. What is a symbol?

Version 1

7

A) a distinctive or unique cultural trait, pattern, or integration that can be translated into other cultures B) any element within a culture that distinguishes it from other cultures, precisely because it is difficult to translate C) something verbal or nonverbal within a particular language or culture that comes to stand for something else and that has no necessary or natural connection to the thing for which it stands D) a linguistic sign within a particular language that comes to stand for something else in another language E) something verbal or nonverbal with a nonarbitrary association with what it symbolizes

46)

What does it mean to say that humans use culture instrumentally?

A) People use culture to fulfill their basic biological needs for food, drink, shelter, comfort, and reproduction.

B) People use culture to develop artistic endeavors, including musical instruments and visual arts.

C) People use culture to advance civilization.

D) Culture is a human construct.

E) Culture is instrumental in the creation of societies.

47)

What do anthropologists mean when they say culture is shared?

A) Culture is an attribute of particular individuals.

B) Culture is an attribute of individuals as members of groups.

C) Culture is what ensures that all people raised in the same society have the same opinions.

D) Culture is universally regarded as more important than the concept of the individual.

E) Passive enculturation is accomplished by more than one person.

48) People in the United States sometimes have trouble understanding the power of culture because of the value that American culture places on the idea of the individual. Yet in American culture,

Version 1

8

A) individualism is a distinctive commercial value, a feature of capitalist culture shared only by the business elite.

B) the cult of individualism is truly shared only by the country's atheist minority.

C) individualism is a distinctive shared value, a feature of culture.

D) individualism is a distinctive shared value, a result of genetic enculturation.

E) individualism is something people talk about but don't practice, because it is not really part of their culture.

49) People must eat, but culture teaches people what, when, and how to eat. This is an example of how A) culture takes the natural biological urges we share with other animals and teaches us how to express them in particular ways.

B) biology dominates culture.

C) we are all just uncultured animals.

D) individuals are powerless to alter the strong relationship between nature and culture.

E) "human nature" is a cultural construction, an idea we have in our minds that has nothing to do with true nature.

50)

Which of the following statements about culture is FALSE?

A) It has an evolutionary basis.

B) It is acquired by all humans, as members of society, through enculturation.

C) It encompasses rule-governed, shared, symbol-based, and learned behavior as well as beliefs transmitted across the generations.

D) Everyone is cultured.

E) It is transmitted genetically.

51)

Which of the following is a true statement about symbols?

Version 1

9

A) According to anthropologist Leslie White, the ability to use symbols led to the origin of culture.

B) Symbols are nonverbal, not linguistic.

C) Symbolic thought is unique to humans and chimpanzees, but not to other living organisms.

D) There exists a natural connection between a symbol and the thing it symbolizes.

E) Nonverbal symbols are scarce among humans as humans communicate with each other verbally.

52)

An example of a maladaptive aspect of culture is A) policies encouraging population control.

B) policies discouraging poor food-distribution systems.

C) policies discouraging environmental degradation.

D) policies encouraging overconsumption.

E) policies encouraging wildlife protection.

53) The human capacity for culture has an evolutionary basis that extends back perhaps 3 million years. This date corresponds to A) the earliest production of cave art found in South Africa.

B) the earliest evidence of tool manufacture in the archaeological record.

C) a genetic mutation that caused an increase in brain size and complexity.

D) the advent of anatomically modern primates.

E) evidence of hunting and the use of fire to cook tough meats.

54) Why does this chapter on culture include a section that describes similarities and differences between humans and apes, our closest relatives?

Version 1

10

A) to emphasize culture's evolutionary basis B) to better define culture as a capacity that distinguishes members of the zoological family hominidae from anatomically modern humans C) to stress that there is no such thing as human nature D) to promote the study of primatology, which has nothing to do with human culture E) to illustrate how evolution is just a theory

55) Many human traits reflect the fact that our primate ancestors lived in trees. These traits include all of the following EXCEPT A) grasping ability.

B) depth and color vision.

C) learning ability based on a large brain.

D) substantial parental investment in a limited number of offspring.

E) echolocation, made possible by overlapping visual fields.

56)

Which of the following is a mechanism of cultural change?

A) cultural relativism B) ethnocentrism C) diffusion D) generational enculturation E) particularity

57)

Which of the following is a cultural generality?

A) exogamy B) use of fire C) incest taboo D) use of symbols E) nuclear family

58)

Which of the following LEAST explains the existence of cultural generalities?

Version 1

11

A) cultural borrowing B) globalization C) colonialism D) isolationism E) trade

59)

What are cultural particularities?

A) traits isolated from other traits in the same culture B) traits unique to a given culture, not shared with others C) different levels of culture D) the most general aspect of culture patterns E) cultural traits of individuals rather than of groups

60)

All of the following are evidence of the tendency to view culture as a process EXCEPT A) analysis that attempts to establish boundaries between cultures.

B) practice theory.

C) attention to agency in anthropological analysis.

D) interest in public, collective, and individual dimensions of day-to-day life.

E) interest in how acts of resistance can make and remake culture.

61)

What process is most responsible for the existence of international culture?

A) ethnocentrism B) cultural relativism C) evolution D) gene flow E) cultural diffusion

62)

Which of the following statements about subcultures is FALSE?

Version 1

12

A) They exemplify "levels of culture."

B) They have different learning experiences.

C) They have shared learning experiences.

D) They may originate in ethnicity, class, region, or religion.

E) They are mutually exclusive; individuals may not participate in more than one subculture.

63) The Makah, a tribe that lives near the mouth of the Strait of Juan de Fuca on the Olympic Peninsula, see themselves as whalers and continue to identify themselves spiritually with whales.

Their ongoing struggle to maintain their traditional way of life, which involves whale hunting, demonstrates how A) some indigenous communities are able to isolate themselves from national and international politics despite continuous threat from outsiders.

B) indigenous communities do not understand the threat their activities pose to endangered species.

C) contemporary law is useless in solving disputes with indigenous communities.

D) contemporary indigenous groups have to grapple with multiple levels of culture, contestation, and political regulation.

E) animals do not have rights.

64) The tendency to view one's own culture as superior and to use one's own standards and values in judging others is called A) patriotism.

B) ethnocentrism.

C) moral relativism.

D) cultural relativism.

E) illiteracy.

65) In anthropology, cultural relativism is not a moral position but a methodological one. It states that

Version 1

13

A) because cultural values vary between cultures, they cannot be analyzed and compared.

B) some cultures are relatively better than others.

C) to understand another culture fully, we must try to understand how the people in that culture see things.

D) to understand another culture, we must use tactics to try to jar people so that their true views are revealed.

E) to bring about desired cultural change, anthropologists should act as emissaries of the most evolved cultural values.

66)

How are cultural rights different from human rights?

A) Human rights are real, whereas cultural rights are just perceived.

B) Human rights interfere with cultural relativism, whereas cultural rights do not.

C) Cultural rights are vested in groups, not in individuals.

D) Cultural rights are seen as unalienable, whereas human rights can be terminated when they interfere with a particular national culture.

E) The termcultural rights is a politically correct synonym for human rights.

67)

Human rights are seen as inalienable. This means that A) no one can abuse them.

B) nations cannot abridge or terminate them.

C) they are vested in groups and not individuals.

D) anthropologists have no moral grounds to question them.

E) they are universally accepted by all individuals.

68) Although rap music originated in the United States, it is now popular all over the world.

Which of the following mechanisms of cultural change is responsible for this?

A) acculturation B) enculturation C) independent invention D) colonization E) diffusion

Version 1

14

69) Diffusion is __________ when two cultures trade, intermarry, or wage war on one another.

A) direct B) indirect C) forced D) fast E) slow

70) There are two meanings of globalization: globalization as fact and process, and globalization as ideology and contested policy. What is the primary and neutral meaning of globalization as it is applicable to anthropology?

A) promotion of the interests of multinational corporations at the expense of farmers and workers B) the efforts by international financial powers to create a global free market for goods and services C) the impact of the world on the rest of the universe D) the spread and connectedness of production, distribution, consumption, finance, transportation, and communication across the world E) opposition to global free trade

71) Which of the following is an example of independent invention, the process by which people in different societies have innovated and changed in similar but independent ways?

A) acculturation B) symbols C) globalization D) agriculture E) language

72)

What is the name for the process by which a child learns his or her culture?

Version 1

15

A) enculturation B) acculturation C) culture D) folklore E) culture change

73) Who was the anthropologist who defined culture as "that complex whole which includes knowledge, belief, arts, morals, law, custom, and any other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society"?

A) Conrad Kottak B) Clifford Geertz C) Sir Edward Tylor D) Margaret Mead E) Bronislaw Malinowski

74)

The accelerating interdependence of nations in the world system today is referred to as A) national culture.

B) international culture.

C) subculture.

D) culture.

E) globalization.

75)

An example of a result of globalization as ideology and policy might be the A) emergence of new technology in the world.

B) development of new media systems across the planet.

C) protests against the WTO. D) interconnections of economic systems in the world.

E) increasing ways in which technology, media, and economics are intertwined in the

world.

Version 1

16

76) Which of the following examples demonstrates the secondary meaning of globalization as used in the text?

A) worldwide connectedness B) Brexit vote C) innovations in communication technologies D) concerns related to data privacy E) concerns related to the impact of global media brands on indigenous cultures

77)

WTO stands for A) World Tree Offense.

B) Women's Taxation Organization.

C) Wildlife Taxonomy Order.

D) World Trade Organization.

E) World Trade Order.

78) What mechanism of cultural change is exemplified by the fact that agriculture separately developed in both Mexico and the Middle East?

A) independent invention B) acculturation C) diffusion D) globalization E) cultural relativism

79)

The borrowing of cultural traits between societies is called A) diffusion.

B) acculturation.

C) enculturation.

D) independent intervention.

E) independent invention.

Version 1

17

80) term

An exchange of cultural features between groups in firsthand contact is known by the

A) diffusion.

B) acculturation.

C) enculturation.

D) independent intervention.

E) independent invention.

81)

What is the name for an indigenous group's collective knowledge and its applications?

A) cultural rights B) intellectual property rights C) cultural diffusion D) human rights E) cultural relativism

82) Rights vested in religious and ethnic minorities and indigenous societies are best described as A) cultural rights.

B) intellectual property rights.

C) cultural particularity.

D) human rights.

E) cultural relativism.

83) __________ is the idea that behavior should be evaluated not by outside standards but in the context of the culture in which it occurs.

A) Cultural relativism B) Ethnocentrism C) Fieldwork D) Participant observation E) IPR

Version 1

18

84) The idea of __________ invokes a realm of justice and morality beyond and superior to particular countries, cultures, and religions.

A) cultural rights B) copyright law C) intellectual property rights D) human rights E) primate rights

85)

Pizza was discussed in the text as an example of A) national culture.

B) international culture.

C) subculture.

D) food culture.

E) folk life.

86) What is the term for cultural traditions that extend beyond and across national boundaries?

A) national culture B) international culture C) subculture D) food culture E) folk life

87) What is the term for different cultural traditions associated with subgroups in the same complex society?

A) national culture B) international culture C) subculture D) food culture E) folk life

Version 1

19

88) The approach to culture known as __________ recognizes that individuals within a society or culture have diverse motives and intentions and different degrees of power and influence.

A) cultural relativism B) practice theory C) hegemony D) applied ethics E) human rights

89)

The __________ consists of what people say they should do and what they say they do.

A) real culture B) ideal culture C) subculture D) universals E) historical particularism

90)

__________ refers to the actual behavior of people as observed by anthropologists.

A) Real culture B) Ideal culture C) Subculture D) Universal E) Historical particularism

91) A(n) __________ is a trait or feature of culture that is not generalized or widespread; rather, it is confined to a single place, culture, or society.

A) universal B) culturally relative norm C) haptic feedback system D) generality E) cultural particularity

Version 1

20

92) According to the author, the television show Big Brother in Germany or Brazil is not the same as Big Brother in the United States because A) Big Brother does not exist in Germany.

B) Big Brother does not exist in Brazil.

C) both governments have bannedBig Brother.

D) patterned beliefs, customs, and practices lend distinctiveness to particular cultural traditions.

E) people in Germany and Brazil are not interested inBig Brother.

93)

The name for a culture pattern or trait that exists in some but not all societies is A) generality.

B) universal.

C) particularity.

D) misnomer.

E) hyperadaptation.

94) The combination of manual dexterity and __________ allows monkeys, apes, and humans to pick up small objects, hold them in front of their eyes, and appraise them.

A) tool use B) consciousness C) depth perception D) cognition E) bipedalism

95)

Which of the following is a difference between humans and other primates?

A) number of digits B) vision C) mating patterns D) large brains E) There are no differences between humans and other primates.

Version 1

21

96)

People often use culture to fulfill psychological needs, such as A) friendship, companionship, and approval.

B) learning new table manners.

C) developing new genetic traits.

D) learning new technological skills, which includes understanding social networking

sites.

E) learning a new language.

97) Despite characteristic American notions that people should "make up their own minds" and "have a right to their opinion," A) all of what we think is correct.

B) everyone has his or her own unique perceptions of the world.

C) Americans are uniquely independent minded.

D) the elderly have more unique ideas than the young.

E) little of what we think is original or unique.

98) The values that are considered to be key, basic, or central and that integrate a culture are called A) folkways.

B) happenstance.

C) social stigmas.

D) social standards.

E) core values.

99) Our own __________ depends on the uniquely developed human capacity to use symbols.

Version 1

22

A) innate learning B) symbolism C) cultural learning D) family learning E) values system

100) The anthropologist __________ likened cultures to computer programs that govern human behavior.

A) Conrad Kottak B) Clifford Geertz C) Sir Edward Tylor D) Margaret Mead E) Bronislaw Malinowski

101)

"Birds of a feather flock together" is an example of the idea that culture is A) learned.

B) developed.

C) shared.

D) all-encompassing.

E) globalized.

102) Bathroom habits, including bathing, dental care, and waste elimination were discussed in the chapter as examples of A) "culture is learned."

B) "culture is developed."

C) "culture is shared."

D) "culture and nature."

E) "culture and globalization."

103)

One of the most significant ways in which culture is learned is through

Version 1

23

A) music.

B) symbols.

C) genetics.

D) shared values.

E) classroom lectures.

104)

Which of the following examples illustrates how culture is symbolic?

A) children not eating their Brussels sprouts because their parents never liked Brussels

sprouts B) the development of cloning technologies C) a culture finding a rock star as interesting as a symphony conductor D) a national flag that stands for a particular country E) an environmental disaster that is a result of a culture's excessive use of fossil fuels

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

105) Write a short response in which you discuss what anthropologists mean by culture. In addition to clearly discussing what is meant by the term, provide an example of how culture operates in the world.

106) What is meant by the idea that culture can be "maladaptive"? Use an example to illustrate your ideas.

107) What is one evolutionary explanation of culture? Discuss any evidence from the text that suggests one evolutionary reason for the existence of culture.

Version 1

24

108) Based on your reading of the chapter, would you say that nonhuman primates, such as chimpanzees, have culture? Why or why not? Be sure to use references from the text to support your response.

109) Explain what is meant by a "cultural particularity." Provide an example that illustrates this concept.

110) Briefly discuss the differences between ethnocentrism and cultural relativism. Use an example to explain each of these concepts.

111) Focus on the discussion of human rights in the chapter. Specifically, address how ethnocentrism and cultural relativism relate to human rights.

112)

Describe the mechanisms of cultural change and provide an example of each.

Version 1

25

113) Write a short response essay that explains what is meant by globalization. In addition to your definition of globalization, provide an example of what globalization looks like in the world.

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

114) What does it mean to say that culture is all-encompassing?

115)

How has this chapter challenged your understanding of the concept of human nature?

116) What are the different ways by which culture is learned and transmitted across generations?

117) Explain the distinctions among cultural universals, generalities, and particularities. Give examples of each.

Version 1

26

118) Agency refers to the actions that individuals take, both alone and in groups, in forming and transforming cultural identities. Describe examples in your own life that illustrate the relationship between agency and culture.

119) What does it mean to say that there are levels of culture, and what are they? How do cultural traits extend to a broader geographic area?

120) What are ethnocentrism and cultural relativism, and how do they affect the work of anthropologists? How do they influence your own life in an increasingly diverse society?

121) Compare and contrast the various mechanisms of cultural change discussed in this chapter. In particular, to what extent does each model for change suggest that culture shapes human behavior or is shaped by human behavior?

Version 1

27

122) Write an essay in which you discuss the definition of culture and any five characteristics of culture. Illustrate each characteristic using an example.

123) Write a critical essay in which you discuss the extent to which you believe that individuals are the "masters of their fates" in terms of culture. Specifically, address the issues considered in the section on "Culture and the Individual" and give your opinion as to the extent to which individuals can resist, subvert, change, or otherwise alter the culture around them. You should focus on three distinct areas and provide examples for each that illustrate this topic.

124) Write an essay in which you distinguish the three levels of culture described by Kottak and address why it is important to differentiate among them. In writing your response, be sure to provide an example for each of the three levels of culture.

Version 1

28

125) Write an essay in which you consider the issue of how culture changes. Specifically, discuss three mechanisms of cultural change that Kottak presents in the chapter. Use an example for each of the mechanisms of cultural change.

126) Write an essay that explains what is meant by globalization. In addition to your definition of globalization, provide a discussion of three characteristics or observations about globalization that help explain what globalization is and what issues are at stake. For each of these three areas, use an example or illustration that explains this main concept.

Version 1

29

Answer Key Test name: Chap 02_19e_Kottak 1) TRUE 2) FALSE 3) TRUE 4) TRUE 5) TRUE 6) TRUE 7) FALSE 8) TRUE 9) FALSE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) FALSE 13) FALSE 14) FALSE 15) FALSE 16) FALSE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) TRUE 20) TRUE 21) TRUE 22) TRUE 23) TRUE 24) FALSE 25) FALSE 26) TRUE Version 1

30

27) FALSE 28) FALSE 29) TRUE 30) FALSE 31) TRUE 32) TRUE 33) FALSE 34) FALSE 35) FALSE 36) FALSE 37) FALSE 38) TRUE 39) FALSE 40) TRUE 41) TRUE 42) B 43) D 44) B 45) C 46) A 47) B 48) C 49) A 50) E 51) A 52) D 53) B 54) A 55) E 56) C Version 1

31

57) E 58) D 59) B 60) A 61) E 62) E 63) D 64) B 65) C 66) C 67) B 68) E 69) A 70) D 71) D 72) A 73) C 74) E 75) C 76) B 77) D 78) A 79) A 80) B 81) B 82) A 83) A 84) D 85) B 86) B Version 1

32

87) C 88) B 89) B 90) A 91) E 92) D 93) A 94) C 95) C 96) A 97) E 98) E 99) C 100) B 101) C 102) D 103) B 104) D

Version 1

33

CHAPTER 3 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) The characteristic field techniques of the ethnographer are participant observation, the genealogical method, and in-depth interviewing. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2)

Traditionally, ethnographers have tried to understand the whole of a particular culture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

3) Most ethnographers record their impressions in a personal diary, which is part of their field notes. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4) The term cultural consultants, or informants, refers to individuals the ethnographer gets to know in the field, the people who teach him or her about their culture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5)

The emic perspective focuses on local explanations of criteria and significance. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6)

The etic perspective refers to a nonscientific perspective. ⊚ true ⊚ false

7) Because there are so many anthropologists in the United States, the distinction between emic and etic does not apply to American culture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

1

8) Longitudinal research is the long-term study of a community, region, society, culture, or other unit, usually based on repeated visits. ⊚ true ⊚ false

9) Despite the increasing popularity of team research among anthropologists, the best ethnographies are always the product of individual work. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10) Ethnography is increasingly multitimed and multisited, the result of a shift toward a recognition of the ongoing and inescapable flows of people, technology, images, and information that characterizes much of the world today. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11) In the context of ethnography, proper training can reduce, but not totally eliminate, the observer’s bias. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12) The stated aim of the AAA code is to investigate possible misconduct rather than to offer guidelines and to promote discussion and education. ⊚ true ⊚ false

13)

Survey research studies a small sample of a larger population. ⊚ true ⊚ false

14) Survey research is usually conducted through intensive personal contact with the study subjects.

Version 1

2

⊚ ⊚

true false

15) Cultural anthropologists today head for the field with the goal of producing a holistic ethnography. ⊚ true ⊚ false

16) Morgan and Tylor, both considered among the fathers of anthropology, worked within the paradigm of unilinear evolution. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17) Franz Boas's famous biological studies of European immigrants to the United States revealed and measured phenotypical plasticity, showing that the environment and cultural forces could change human biology. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18)

Franz Boas is the founder of American four-field anthropology. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19) Manchester anthropologist Max Gluckman made conflict an important part of his analysis, distancing himself somewhat from Panglossian functionalism, the tendency to see things as functioning not just to maintain the system but to do so in the most optimal way possible. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20) Beyond Morgan's and Tylor's early anthropological work, no major theoretical paradigm in anthropology has embraced the role of evolution in cultural change. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

3

21) Lewis Henry Morgan believed that the indigenous societies that had managed to survive into the 19th century could be viewed as, in a sense, “living fossils,” which could be placed in the various stages. ⊚ true ⊚ false

22) Among the classic works of processual approaches to culture is Edmund Leach's Political Systems of Highland Burma. This study made a tremendously important point by taking a regional rather than a local perspective. ⊚ true ⊚ false

23) The overall trend in anthropological theory has been from theories that put human agency at the center of cultural dynamics to paradigms that see evolution as the main force behind cultural change. ⊚ true ⊚ false

24) While in the field, ethnographers attempt to establish rapport, or a good, friendly working relationship with informants. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25) The people in the field with whom the anthropologist spends the least amount of time are called key cultural consultants. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26) The recollection of a lifetime of experiences—often of a key consultant—describes the research approach known as life history. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

4

27) In a random sample, all members of the population have an equal statistical chance of being chosen for inclusion in a study. ⊚ true ⊚ false

28) In 2007, the AAA Executive Board issued a statement of approval of HTS (Human Terrain System). ⊚ true ⊚ false

29) The term variable refers to an agreement to take part in research after having been informed about its nature, procedures, and possible impacts. ⊚ true ⊚ false

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

30) Which of the following research methods is a distinctive strategy within anthropology?

A) its practice of cross-cultural comparison B) the biological perspective C) ethnography D) the evolutionary perspective E) working with skilled respondents

31)

All of the following are characteristic field techniques of the ethnographer EXCEPT A) detailed work with key consultants.

B) direct, firsthand observation of behavior, including participant observation.

C) in-depth interviewing, often leading to the collection of life histories.

D) problem-oriented research.

E) longitudinal analysis of data sets gathered from state-sponsored statistical agencies.

Version 1

5

32) An anthropologist has just arrived at a new field site and feels overwhelmed with a creepy, profound feeling of alienation, of being without some of the most ordinary, trivial (and therefore basic) cues of his culture of origin. What term best describes what he is experiencing?

A) culture shock B) diachrony C) synchrony D) configurationalism E) agency paralysis

33)

Which of the following is NOT an example of participant observation?

A) administering interviews according to an interview schedule over the phone B) helping out at harvest time C) dancing at a ceremony D) buying a shroud for a village ancestor E) engaging in informal chit-chat

34) What did Bronislaw Malinowski mean when he referred to everyday cultural patterns as "the imponderabilia of native life and of typical behavior"?

A) Features of culture such as distinctive smells, noises people make, how they cover their mouths when they eat, and how they gaze at each other are so fundamental that natives take them for granted but are there for the ethnographer to describe and make sense of.

B) Everyday cultural patterns are full of senseless cultural "noise," and it is the anthropologist's job to get at the truly valuable behaviors that distinguish one culture from another.

C) Everyday cultural patterns of native life can best be studied by asking key informants to explain them.

D) Features of everyday culture are, at first, imponderable, but as the ethnographer builds rapport, their logic and functional value in society become clear.

E) Everyday cultural patterns are important but so numerous that their detailed description should not be included in the main body of an ethnographic study.

Version 1

6

35) In the field, ethnographers strive to establish rapport: a good, friendly working relationship, based on personal contact, A) that is necessary in conducting any valuable research in the social sciences, not just anthropology.

B) that if done properly ensures the ethnographer's ability to conduct detached, unbiased research.

C) achieved in large part by engaging in participant observation.

D) and if that fails, the next option is to pay people so they will talk about their culture.

E) as well as on payment, based on local standards, for people's time spent with the researcher.

36) The research technique that uses diagrams and symbols to record kin connections is called A) kin-based interviewing.

B) genealogical participant observation.

C) interpretive anthropology.

D) DNA testing.

E) the genealogical method.

37)

What is the term for an expert on a particular aspect of native life?

A) representative sample B) etic informant C) key cultural consultant D) biased informant E) life-history approach specialist

38) Ethnographers typically combine emic and etic research strategies in their fieldwork. This means they are interested in applying both

Version 1

7

A) native- and scientist-oriented research approaches.

B) local and bifocal research approaches.

C) reflexive and salvage approaches.

D) personal and impersonal research approaches.

E) genealogical and survey methods.

39)

Which of the following is NOT a characteristic field technique of the ethnographer?

A) structured interviewing B) life histories C) random sampling D) working with informants E) the genealogical method

40) Traditional ethnographic research focused on the single community or culture, which was treated as more or less isolated and unique in time and space; however, A) all such single communities have already been studied, so anthropologists have very limited project choices.

B) there has been a shift within the discipline toward recognition of ongoing and inescapable flows of people, technology, images, and information.

C) the American Anthropological Association still requires its members to strive toward research focused on one single community.

D) this is no longer true, nor has it ever really been true, a fact that renders classic ethnographies historical curiosities and not serious academic works.

E) there has been a shift within the discipline against the concept of culture and toward the individual as the only true, reliable unit of analysis.

41) The relatively recent creation of virtual worlds has attracted contemporary ethnographers to venture into online communities. Of the various techniques used to study these virtual worlds, which has been most important?

Version 1

8

A) participant observation B) interviews C) genealogical method D) key consultants E) life histories

42) Reflecting today's world, in which people, images, and information move about as never before, fieldwork must be more flexible and done on a larger scale. The result of such fieldwork is often an ethnography that A) challenges anthropologists concerned with salvaging isolated and untouched cultures around the world.

B) becomes less useful and valuable to understanding culture.

C) is increasingly multisited and multitimed, integrating analyses of external organizations and forces to understand local phenomena.

D) is more traditional, negating anthropologists' concerns about defending their field's roots.

E) requires researchers to stay at the same site for more than three years.

43)

In survey research, what is sampling?

A) the collection of a study group from a larger population B) the interviewing of a small number of key cultural consultants C) a form of participant observation D) the collection of life histories of every member in a community E) a collection reflecting the emic perspective

44)

In survey research, a sample should A) include the entire population in question.

B) include anyone who will be interviewed by the ethnographer.

C) target only one social, cultural, or environmental factor that influences behavior.

D) be constituted to allow inferences about the larger population.

E) be invariant.

Version 1

9

45) In survey research, what term is used to refer to the attributes that vary among the members of a population?

A) unknowns B) questionnaires C) interviews D) variables E) random samples

46) Despite the variety of research techniques the ethnographer may utilize in the field, in the best studies the hallmark of ethnography remains A) collaborating with the community to construct a cohesive image of local culture.

B) entering the community and getting to know its people.

C) gathering large quantities of data on a limited budget.

D) defining the local culture in such a way as to highlight what makes the particular culture so unlike any other.

E) providing detailed descriptions of "the imponderabilia of native life and of typical behavior."

47) Who among the following proposed cultural materialism as a theoretical paradigm, drawing on models of determinism associated with White and Steward?

A) Alfred Kroeber B) Marvin Harris C) Émile Durkheim D) Mary Douglas E) Clifford Geertz

48) Lewis Henry Morgan is well known for his work League of the Iroquois, considered anthropology's earliest ethnography. This and others of his works illustrate his view of unilinear evolutionism, which is that

Version 1

10

A) cultural diversity was actually a sign of the slowing down of cultural evolution.

B) only the better and more civilized societies could survive.

C) all societies are on some path toward civilization, but the exact paths vary.

D) natural selection acts simultaneously on the biological and cultural aspects of human life.

E) there is one line or path through which all societies have to evolve, and this path involves specific stages that cannot be skipped, ending at the final stage of civilization.

49) Franz Boas is the undisputed father of four-field U.S. anthropology. One of his most important and enduring contributions to anthropology was A) the field's earliest example of multitimed and multisited ethnography.

B) providing evidence that both biology and culture are susceptible to evolutionary forces, thus providing a framework for the comparative method.

C) stressing the relevance of independent invention in human cultural history.

D) showing that human biology is plastic, and that biology (including race) does not determine culture.

E) expanding the local ethnographic focus to include a regional perspective.

50) The view that each element of culture, such as the culture trait or trait complex, has its own distinctive history, and that social forms (such as totemism in different societies) that might look similar are not comparable because of their different histories, is known as A) historical particularism.

B) cultural generalism.

C) the Boasian approach.

D) structural functionalism.

E) comparative functionalism.

51) As investigators who illustrated the functionalist approach in anthropology, both Malinowski and Radcliffe-Brown performed ethnographic research focused on

Version 1

11

A) myth and ritual and the ways these aspects of culture created social cohesion.

B) the evolutionary history of present-day cultural patterns.

C) the role of cultural traits and practices in contemporary society.

D) the symbolic value that cultural traits and practices held with members of contemporary society.

E) the role of cultural traits and practices aimed at conflict resolution.

52) Radcliffe-Brown advocated social anthropology as a synchronic rather than a diachronic science—that is, a study A) of culture in motion (synchronic) rather than as a static entity (diachronic).

B) that compares cultural traits within the same society and not across societies.

C) of societies across time (synchronic) rather than across space (diachronic).

D) of societies as they exist today (synchronic, one at a time) rather than across time (diachronic).

E) of societies as made up of individuals, not as a sum greater than its parts.

53) Which of the following terms refers to the theoretical paradigm that holds that customs (social practices) function to preserve the social structure?

A) the Manchester school B) synchronic functionalism C) configurationalism, as illustrated in the works of Benedict and Mead D) Panglossian structuralism E) structural functionalism, as illustrated in the work of Radcliffe-Brown and EvansPritchard

54) The work of which of the following anthropologists illustrated a renewed interest in cultural change and even evolution (although of a very different sort than Tylor and Morgan had in mind)?

Version 1

12

A) Ruth Benedict B) Max Gluckman C) Victor Turner D) Julian Steward E) Margaret Mead

55) Leslie White, an evolutionist, saw cultural anthropology as a distinctive science, which he named A) culturology.

B) cultural materialism C) symbolic anthropology D) interpretive anthropology E) configurationalism

56) Émile Durkheim's focus on social facts illustrates what assumption shared by many anthropologists?

A) Social fact, just like any other fact, can be studied objectively.

B) Culture is more of an idea in people's heads than a social reality.

C) Culture is primarily a psychological and individual phenomenon.

D) Social phenomena studied by anthropologists require study methods that are different from those used by other social scientists.

E) Psychologists study individuals, but anthropologists study individuals as representative of something more: a collective phenomenon that is more than the sum of its parts.

57)

Interpretive anthropologists such as Clifford Geertz approach the study of culture as

A) a diachronic phenomenon.

B) functional puzzles.

C) a system of meaning.

D) underlying sets of rules that must be deciphered through the analysis of cultural patterns.

E) distinct from human psychology.

Version 1

13

58)

Which is the key assumption in Claude Lévi-Strauss's structuralism?

A) All myths can be classified as either good or evil.

B) The human propensity to classify phenomena in certain ways is acquired through enculturation.

C) There is a very specific role for human agency in culture, and the structure of cultural patterns determines that role.

D) Cultural patterns determine the human propensity to classify things in certain ways.

E) Human minds have certain universal characteristics that originate in common features of the Homo sapiens brain and lead people everywhere to think similarly regardless of their society or cultural background.

59) The actions individuals take, both alone and in groups, in forming and transforming cultural identities are referred to as A) psychological individualism.

B) dynamic structuralism.

C) free will.

D) agency.

E) volition.

60)

Practice theory

A) focuses on how individuals, through their actions and practices, influence and transform the world they live in.

B) was popularized by Margaret Mead in the 1940s.

C) is the only theoretical paradigm to effectively solve the "culture-individual" problem.

D) actually shares the same deterministic assumptions of earlier theoretical paradigms.

E) explains social phenomena only in nonindustrial societies.

61) This chapter mentions the work of Wolf and Mintz, both students of Julian Steward, as illustrations of approaches that

Version 1

14

A) put human agency at the center of cultural analysis.

B) focus on the study of cultures as closed systems, untouched by regional and even global dynamics.

C) ignore the role of history in shaping culture as we know it.

D) consider the relevance of world-system theory and political economy to anthropology.

E) are just as deterministic as the old evolutionary models, but for different reasons.

62) More recent approaches in historical anthropology, while sharing an interest in power with world-system theorists, have focused more on A) the structural causes of colonialism.

B) how anthropological theory can aid NGOs in writing an alternate history of oppressed peoples.

C) the role of colonial bureaucracies in shaping international culture.

D) local agency, the transformative actions of individuals and groups within colonized societies.

E) the state's role in denying some of its citizens a place in history.

63) An agreement to take part in research after having the nature, procedures, and possible impacts of the research explained is known as A) a research protocol briefing.

B) the do no harm directive.

C) informed consent.

D) etic and emic protocols.

E) implied consent.

64) Launched in February 2007 and ended in September 2014, Pentagon's __________ embedded anthropologists and other social scientists in military teams in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Version 1

15

A) Human Terrain System program B) Columbia-Cornell-Harvard-Illinois Summer Field Studies program C) Longitudinal research program D) Code of Ethics E) American Anthropological Association

65) With a(n) __________, the ethnographer talks face-to-face with people, asks questions, and writes down the answers.

A) genealogical method B) interview schedule C) questionnaire D) rapport E) survey

66) The issues of population density, climate, diet, and settlement patterns—often understood through forms of direct measurement—were discussed as part of the ethnographic technique known as A) participant observation.

B) problem-oriented ethnography.

C) interview schedules.

D) genealogical method.

E) survey.

67) One concern with the __________ is that it often results in indirect and impersonal responses from respondents.

A) life history B) problem-oriented ethnography C) questionnaire D) interview E) looking-glass method

Version 1

16

68) What was the Columbia-Cornell-Harvard-Illinois Summer Field Studies Program an example of?

A) problem-oriented ethnography B) participant observation C) team research D) life history E) determinism

69) Which term refers to the whole set of feelings about being in an alien setting, and the ensuing reactions?

A) cultural relativism B) cultural misunderstanding C) rapport D) culture shock E) determinism

70)

Which of the following describes the work of ethnographers?

A) developing theoretical models that lack practical or everyday applications B) utilizing laboratory experiments to discover regularities of culture C) drawing on varied techniques to create a picture of otherwise alien lifestyles D) using techniques of cultural analysis similar to those of philosophers E) drawing on the methods and approaches of political scientists

71) Ethnographers aim to connect with their hosts by establishing good, friendly relationships with them. What is the term for this?

A) imponderabilia B) etic approach C) emic approach D) rapport E) materialism

Version 1

17

72) What is the ethnographic technique that is most associated with firsthand observation of behavior?

A) genealogical method B) participant observation C) secondary data analysis D) team research E) surveys

73)

What is another name for a key cultural consultant?

A) life historian B) cultural materialist C) key variable D) key informant E) conspirator

74)

Which of the following is true of the work of Lewis Henry Morgan?

A) His book,League of the Ho-dé-no-sau-nee or Iroquois, was based on protracted rather than occasional fieldwork.

B) Through his work, Morgan was able to describe the social, political, religious, and economic principles of Iroquois life.

C) Morgan's influential book,Ancient Society, was an ethnography rather than a theoretical treatise.

D) According to Morgan's work, the earliest humans lived in middle savagery, in which people started fishing and gained control over fire.

E) In his work, Morgan argued that there was one line or path along which all societies evolved.

75) What is the ethnographic technique that might be used if the anthropologist were interested in studying a culture over a long period of time—perhaps to better understand issues of social change and cultural adaptation?

Version 1

18

A) longitudinal research B) team research C) participant observation D) problem-oriented ethnography E) depth ethnography

76) Through forms of fieldwork, the anthropologist strives to achieve an understanding of culture in terms of how the local people think. What is the name for this understanding of culture?

A) cultural consultation B) cultural intervention C) introversion D) etic approach E) emic approach

77) Which term refers to a sample in which all population members have an equal chance of inclusion?

A) variable order B) variable C) ethnography D) sample E) random sample

78)

Which term refers to attributes that vary among members of a sample or population?

A) life histories B) random samples C) surveys D) variables E) genealogies

Version 1

19

79)

Survey research often involves A) the collection of personal and often intimate information about individuals.

B) sampling, impersonal data collection, and statistical analysis.

C) the analysis of objects of material culture, including flora, fauna, and artifacts.

D) abandonment of the requirement of informed consent in research.

E) the use of data derived from popular sources like newspapers and Internet blogs.

80) According to the author, as part of an ethical commitment to research, the anthropologist should include host country colleagues in research plans, establish forms of collaboration with host country institutions, include host country colleagues in the dissemination and publication of research results, and A) include audio and video recordings throughout the course of the research.

B) include affidavits from local police and lawmakers.

C) ensure that a method of payment is established with hosts.

D) ensure that the anthropologist abandons informed consent protocols.

E) ensure that something is "given back" to the host country.

81)

What is the American Anthropological Association's Code of Ethics designed to do?

A) promote discussion and education of ethical issues in anthropology B) investigate possible misconduct that occurred in anthropological research settings C) censure anthropologists who have spoken out against prominent anthropologists at the American Anthropological Association's Annual Meetings D) establish funding opportunities for graduate students wishing to conduct fieldwork E) develop political arrangements between informants and anthropologists

82) The term __________ refers to an agreement to take part in research after having been informed about its nature, procedures, and possible impacts.

Version 1

20

A) participant observation B) informed consent C) research design D) random sample E) survey

83) The program that was discussed as part of an attempt to embed anthropologists and social scientists in war zones in Iraq and Afghanistan was called A) the Human Terrain System.

B) Project Minima.

C) the Human Project Development.

D) Project Blue Book.

E) Project Terrain.

84)

According to unilinear evolutionism, which of the following statements is accurate?

A) All societies reflect an emphasis—especially in myth—on binary oppositions like "good versus evil."

B) All societies reflect cultures that are integrated and patterned.

C) All societies arrive at their place in time through a number of divergent pathways.

D) All societies have evolved through one path or line.

E) All societies reflect similar subsistence patterns.

85) Who were two of the most important anthropologists in the development of evolutionism in anthropology?

A) Sir Edward Burnett Tylor and Lewis Henry Morgan B) Ruth Benedict and Margaret Mead C) Claude Lévi-Strauss and Victor Turner D) Bronislaw Malinowski and Clifford Geertz E) E. Evans-Pritchard and A. R. Radcliffe-Brown

Version 1

21

86) Which term refers to the theory that suggests that there is not one evolutionary path for a given cultural phenomenon and that, instead, the cultural phenomenon could be the result of any number of paths?

A) historical particularism B) unilinear evolutionism C) neoevolutionism D) symbolic anthropology E) interpretive anthropology

87)

Who was the anthropologist associated with "needs functionalism"?

A) E. Evans-Pritchard B) R. Radcliffe-Brown C) Bronislaw Malinowski D) Margaret Mead E) Clifford Geertz

88)

The idea of functionalism in anthropology is that A) cultural infrastructure determines structure and superstructure.

B) culture is an integrated and patterned phenomenon.

C) cultures progress through phases that include savagery, barbarism, and civilization.

D) societies will, necessarily, progress from agrarianism to industrialism.

E) certain sociocultural practices play specific roles in a society.

89) In the mind of an anthropologist who advocates for __________, social systems are comparable to anatomical and physiological systems.

A) historical particularism B) structural functionalism C) configurationalism D) culturology E) postmodernism

Version 1

22

90) One of the founders of configurationalism was Margaret Mead, whose best-known book was about female adolescence in A) the Zande lands.

B) Brazil.

C) Samoa.

D) the United States.

E) Iceland.

91)

The idea of the superorganic is connected with which anthropologist?

A) Clifford Geertz B) Alfred Kroeber C) George Marcus D) Bronislaw Malinowski E) Ruth Benedict

92) Which of the following is associated with Franz Boas and posits the idea that histories are not comparable and that diverse paths can lead to the same cultural result?

A) culturology B) structuralism C) cultural materialism D) symbolic anthropology E) historical particularism

93) The British anthropologist Edmund Leach made an important point in his fieldwork among the Kachins by A) contradicting the previous work of Vilfredo Pareto.

B) showing the uncreative sides of humanity and the individual.

C) taking a regional rather than local perspective.

D) building on the work of Antonio Gramsci.

E) refuting the theories of Franz Boas.

Version 1

23

94)

Claude Lévi-Strauss is most closely connected with which theoretical school?

A) symbolic anthropology B) cultural materialism C) functionalism D) structuralism E) culturology

95)

To what does the term political economy refer?

A) the third term in the set that includesstructure andsuperstructure B) the web of interrelated economic and power relations C) the concept of symbolic anthropology D) a form of subsistence agriculture E) a method of studying politics in anthropological settings

96) __________ refers to a stratified social order in which subordinates comply with domination by internalizing their rulers' values and accepting domination as natural.

A) Agency B) Hegemony C) Evolutionism D) Political economy E) Social order

97)

One of the major transformations that occurred in contemporary ethnographic theory is

Version 1

24

A) a resurgence of the theory of unlinear evolutionism.

B) the questioning of the idea of the impartiality of the ethnographer and the validity of ethnographic accounts.

C) the development of models of culture that do not take into account the value of ethnographic fieldwork or the role of the informant in ethnography.

D) a near complete domination of anthropological theory with theoretical approaches taken from the discipline of social psychology.

E) a rejection of political studies of culture.

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

98) Briefly describe the eight characteristic field techniques of the ethnographer. How do they compare with the research techniques you have learned about in courses or readings in other academic disciplines?

99)

What is the genealogical method, and why did it develop in anthropology?

100) What advantages do you see in ethnographic research techniques? What are the advantages for survey techniques? Which one would you choose, and what would that choice depend upon?

Version 1

25

101) What advantages might a project that combines both quantitative and qualitative techniques have over one that utilizes only one or the other? What research situation might be best suited to such a combined strategy?

102) Anthropologist Clyde Kluckhohn (1944) saw a key public service role for anthropology.

In his words, it could provide a "scientific basis for dealing with the crucial dilemma of the world today: how can peoples of different appearance, mutually unintelligible languages, and dissimilar ways of life get along peaceably together?" Anthropologists also have made and continue to make a dramatic impact on people's welfare as they cope with crises such as the January 2010 Haiti earthquake. What are some examples of this?

103) Recalling Chapter 2, on culture, and after reading this brief historical account of anthropological theory, what do you think is the relationship between individuals and culture?

104) How have anthropologists tried to bring evolution into the study of human culture? Have these approaches succeeded, or failed? Why? Do you see any way in which evolution and culture could be united into a broad and effective explanatory paradigm?

Version 1

26

Version 1

27

Answer Key Test name: Chap 03_19e_Kottak 1) TRUE 2) TRUE 3) FALSE 4) TRUE 5) TRUE 6) FALSE 7) FALSE 8) TRUE 9) FALSE 10) TRUE 11) FALSE 12) FALSE 13) TRUE 14) FALSE 15) FALSE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) FALSE 19) TRUE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) TRUE 23) FALSE 24) TRUE 25) FALSE 26) TRUE Version 1

28

27) TRUE 28) FALSE 29) FALSE 30) C 31) E 32) A 33) A 34) A 35) C 36) E 37) C 38) A 39) C 40) B 41) A 42) C 43) A 44) D 45) D 46) B 47) B 48) E 49) D 50) A 51) C 52) D 53) E 54) D 55) A 56) E Version 1

29

57) C 58) E 59) D 60) A 61) D 62) D 63) C 64) A 65) B 66) B 67) C 68) C 69) D 70) C 71) D 72) B 73) D 74) B 75) A 76) E 77) E 78) D 79) B 80) E 81) A 82) B 83) A 84) D 85) A 86) A Version 1

30

87) C 88) E 89) B 90) C 91) B 92) E 93) C 94) D 95) B 96) B 97) B

Version 1

31

CHAPTER 4 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) Nonanthropologists working in social-change programs are more likely to be content with conversing with officials, reading reports, and copying statistics than anthropologists. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2) An example of applied anthropology from the subfield of linguistic anthropology might be "developmental anthropology." ⊚ true ⊚ false

3) The discussion of what was called "practical anthropology" was connected to the work of Clifford Geertz. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4) Most contemporary applied anthropologists see their work as closely connected to the colonial-era applied anthropology. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5) According to Kottak, in order to maximize social and economic benefits, development projects must look at a broader perspective of nation-level needs rather than locally perceived needs. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6) The idea of overinnovation is a reduction in absolute poverty, with a more even distribution of wealth. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

1

7) Development projects that fail usually do so because they are either economically or culturally incompatible (or both). ⊚ true ⊚ false

8) According to the chapter, in the case of innovation and local cultures, people are usually willing to change just enough to maintain, or slightly improve on, what they already have. ⊚ true ⊚ false

9) The fallacy of underdifferentiation refers to planners' tendency to view "the lessdeveloped countries" as less alike than they are. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10) Research in the field of anthropology and education extends from classrooms into homes, neighborhoods, and communities. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11) The percentage of the world's population living in cities surpassed 70 percent for the first time in 2008. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12)

Urban anthropology might study the relationships between disease and culture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

13) Business anthropologists shadow actual and potential customers at home and at work by applying ethnographic techniques. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

2

14)

A condition of poor health perceived or felt by an individual is called disease. ⊚ true ⊚ false

15) More than half of those with PhDs in anthropology seek employment outside of an academic setting. ⊚ true ⊚ false

16)

Anthropology has three dimensions: academic, applied, and a mix of the two. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17) Ethnography is one of applied anthropology's most valuable research tools, because it provides a firsthand account of the lives of ordinary people. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18) During World War II, the U.S. government recruited anthropologists to study Japanese and German cultures. This chapter uses this example to illustrate the dangers of the old anthropology. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19)

During the 1950s and 1960s, most American anthropologists were college professors. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20) Academic and applied anthropology have a symbiotic relationship, as theory aids practice and application fuels theory. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

3

21) Development anthropology is the branch of applied anthropology that focuses on social issues in, and the cultural dimension of, moral development. ⊚ true ⊚ false

22) A commonly stated goal of development projects is to promote equity; that is, to reduce poverty and promote a more even distribution of wealth. ⊚ true ⊚ false

23) The Bahia, Brazil, development project in which loans were given to fishing boat owners is an example of how some development projects can actually widen wealth disparities instead of increasing equity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

24) The best strategy for change is to base the social design for innovation on traditional social forms in each target area. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25) Fortunately for applied anthropologists eager to do effective international work, all governments are by their nature genuinely and realistically committed to improving the lives of their citizens. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26) When nations become more tied to the world economy, indigenous forms of social organization inevitably break down into nuclear family organization, impersonality, and alienation. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

4

27) Sociolinguists and cultural anthropologists studying Puerto Rican communities in the Midwestern United States found that Puerto Rican parents valued education more than nonHispanics did. ⊚ true ⊚ false

28)

Urban anthropologists research topics such as immigration, ethnicity, poverty, and class. ⊚ true ⊚ false

29) Though the severity of diseases such as heart disease, lung cancer, etc. varies among different ethnic groups, the incidence rate of such diseases remains the same. ⊚ true ⊚ false

30) Strictly speaking, medical anthropology is an applied field within anthropology and not an academic one. ⊚ true ⊚ false

31) An illness is a scientifically identified health threat caused by a bacterium, virus, fungus, parasite, or other pathogen. ⊚ true ⊚ false

32) Biomedicine, which aims to link an illness to scientifically demonstrated agents that bear no personal malice toward their victims, is an example of naturalistic disease theories. ⊚ true ⊚ false

33) Health care systems refers only to the nationalized health care services that exist in core industrial nations.

Version 1

5

⊚ ⊚

true false

34) Non-Western medicine does not maintain a sharp distinction between biological and psychological illnesses. ⊚ true ⊚ false

35) Non-Western medicine recognizes that poor health has intertwined physical, emotional, and social causes. ⊚ true ⊚ false

36)

Scientific medicine is not the same thing as Western medicine. ⊚ true ⊚ false

37)

A bachelor's degree in anthropology is of little value in the corporate world. ⊚ true ⊚ false

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

38) ________ is the use of anthropological data, perspectives, theory, and methods to identify, assess, and solve contemporary problems.

A) Cultural anthropology B) Applied anthropology C) Medical anthropology D) Anthropology and education E) Overinnovation

39)

Forensic anthropology is an example of applied anthropology in the subdiscipline of

Version 1

6

A) cultural anthropology.

B) archaeological anthropology.

C) biological anthropology.

D) development anthropology.

E) linguistic anthropology.

40)

The idea of "practical anthropology" is connected with the work of A) Bronislaw Malinowski.

B) Clifford Geertz.

C) Sir Edward Tylor.

D) Paul Radin.

E) Victor Turner.

41)

Why are the efforts of early colonial-era applied anthropology now seen as problematic?

A) Anthropologists no longer study the Japanese and the Germans.

B) They helped win World War II. C) They aided and abetted the subjugation and control of non-Western cultures.

D) They helped control countries with large military powers.

E) Colonial-era efforts were mostly concerned with assisting local people.

42) The author indicated that in many instances of development anthropology, ________ often arise.

A) inappropriate fieldwork methods B) situations of biased data C) ethical dilemmas D) unethical uses of fieldwork by anthropologists E) few funding disputes

43) ________ is the field that examines the sociocultural dimensions of economic development.

Version 1

7

A) Economic sociology B) Applied anthropology C) Applied economics D) Behavioral economics E) Development anthropology

44) Surprisingly, according to Kottak, in some instances development anthropology projects have actually A) resulted in incidents of violence among the participants.

B) resulted in prison sentences for the participants.

C) resulted in the resignation of the anthropologist from the project.

D) increased the wealth of the anthropologists.

E) widened wealth disparities.

45) The idea of ________ is a reduction in absolute poverty, with a more even distribution of wealth.

A) economic prosperity B) economic abandonment C) overinnovation D) increased equity E) social disorder

46)

The fallacy of overinnovation is A) trying to achieve too much change.

B) not using enough technology in the field.

C) relying too much on the anthropologist's opinions.

D) taking too few field notes.

E) reading too many ethnographies.

Version 1

8

47) The fallacy of ________ is planners' tendency to view "the less-developed countries" as more alike than they are.

A) overinnovation B) underdifferentiation C) anthropology and education D) cultural ecology E) development anthropology

48) The development study of anthropologist Noah Coburn that emphasized the problem of ignoring local culture took place in A) Iraq.

B) Afghanistan.

C) Iran.

D) Bangladesh.

E) the United States.

49)

The examples of Coca-Cola Classic and New Coke were used by Kottak to emphasize A) top-down change as opposed to locally based demand.

B) the issue of research ethics as connected to anthropologists working with the military.

C) the issue of research ethics as connected to anthropologists working in the corporate

world.

D) the concept of ethnography.

E) the idea of nutritional anthropology.

50)

Compatible and successful development projects promote change but not A) cultural relativism.

B) innovation.

C) overinnovation.

D) indigenous-level knowledge.

E) technology.

Version 1

9

51) The development problem that arose in the case study of anthropologist Noah Coburn related to a(n) A) water pump.

B) electric kiln.

C) medical vaccination facility.

D) outpatient clinic.

E) fishing boat motor.

52) In the case of ________, new ones succeeded only when they harnessed preexisting local-level communal institutions.

A) indigenous applications B) applied technologies C) ethnographies D) cooperatives E) agriculture

53)

The key example discussed by Kottak in the case of indigenous models was A) Brazil.

B) Portugal.

C) Germany.

D) Kenya.

E) Madagascar.

54) The case of indigenous models that was discussed by Kottak emphasized the anthropological concept of A) descent.

B) economic exchange.

C) reciprocity.

D) religion.

E) education.

Version 1

10

55) The field known as ________ focuses on the study of students in the context of their family, peers, and enculturation.

A) critical pedagogy B) applied education C) developmental education studies D) educational ethnography E) anthropology and education

56) One significant study in which cultural anthropologists and sociolinguists worked side by side in education focused on ________ parents.

A) Brazilian B) Puerto Rican C) Kenyan D) Mexican E) Guatemalan

57)

The term movimento relates to the study of A) global anthropology.

B) medical anthropology.

C) urban anthropology.

D) developmental anthropology.

E) educational ethnography.

58)

The number of urban residents has ________ since the 1800s.

A) remained constant B) increased steadily C) decreased D) decreased steadily E) It is unclear how urban living has changed since the Industrial Revolution.

Version 1

11

59) The percentage of the world's population living in cities surpassed ________ for the first time in 2008.

A) 10 B) 20 C) 25 D) 50 E) 70

60) Which of the following has accompanied urban living and could be classified as a growing social concern?

A) crime and pollution B) increased wealth C) new job opportunities D) positive psychological well-being E) decreasing urban populations

61)

What is the name for the anthropological study of cities and urban life?

A) cultural anthropology B) critical urbanism C) Critical Urban Studies (CUS) D) urban anthropology E) developmental anthropology

62)

An applied anthropology approach to urban planning begins by A) avoiding the fallacy of underdifferentiation.

B) avoiding the fallacy of overinnovation.

C) trying to achieve too much change.

D) following indigenous models.

E) viewing people from various less-developed countries as more alike than they are.

Version 1

12

63) What is the name for the comparative, biocultural study of disease, health problems, and health care systems?

A) developmental anthropology B) legal anthropology C) social medicine D) medical anthropology E) epidemiology

64)

What is the name for a condition of poor health perceived or felt by an individual?

A) illness B) disease C) health D) liminality E) traction

65) What is the name for a scientifically identified health threat caused by a known pathogen?

A) traction B) health C) liminality D) illness E) disease

66) What is the name for beliefs, customs, and specialists concerned with preventing and curing illness?

A) health care systems B) traction C) indigenous medical systems D) osteopathic medicine E) homeopathy

Version 1

13

67)

What is the name for a health care system based on scientific knowledge and procedures?

A) health operation B) indigenous medical system C) scientific medicine D) medical anthropology E) epidemiology

68) What is the name for an individual who diagnoses and treats illness (and is sometimes a shaman)?

A) doctor B) nurse C) clown doctor D) curer E) soothsayer

69)

The highest global rates of HIV infection and AIDS-related deaths are in A) Canada.

B) North America.

C) Brazil.

D) Africa.

E) China.

70)

According to the chapter, one thing that might benefit Western medical systems is A) treatment that emulates the non-Western curer–patient–community relationship.

B) more involvement of big pharmaceutical companies.

C) more doctors who graduate from prestigious medical schools.

D) fewer nurses.

E) provocatively themed hospital rooms.

Version 1

14

71)

The discussion of culturally appropriate marketing focused on the case of A) Pfizer.

B) McDonald's.

C) Pizza Hut. D) IBM. E) Lady Gaga.

72) An anthropologist in a business setting would most likely be involved in which of the following activities?

A) government testimony B) citizen activism C) political administration D) nonacademic publishing E) market research

73)

Another name for public anthropology that was discussed in the chapter was A) salvage ethnography.

B) salvage anthropology.

C) fifth anthropology.

D) common anthropology.

E) public interest anthropology.

74) Anthropology's ________ provides knowledge and an outlook on the world that are useful in many kinds of work.

A) controversial method B) politics C) hope D) understanding E) breadth

Version 1

15

75) Which of the following does NOT illustrate the kinds of work that applied anthropologists do?

A) working for or with international development agencies, such as the World Bank and the U.S. Agency for International Development B) helping the Environmental Protection Agency address environmental problems C) borrowing from fields such as history and sociology to broaden the scope of theoretical anthropology D) using the tools of medical anthropology to work as cultural interpreters in public health programs E) applying the tools of forensic anthropology to work with police, medical examiners, the courts, and international organizations to identify victims of crimes, accidents, wars, and terrorism

76) Why is ethnography one of the most valuable and distinctive tools of the applied anthropologist?

A) It is valuable insider's data that can be routinely sold to multinational corporations and state agencies without the consent of the people studied.

B) It provides a firsthand account of the day-to-day issues and challenges that the members of a given community face, as well as a sense of how those people think about and react to these issues.

C) It produces a statistically unbiased summary of human responses to set stimuli.

D) It is among the most economical and time-efficient tools that exist in the social sciences.

E) It can be produced without leaving the comfort of the anthropologist's office.

77) Which of the following is a distinguishing characteristic of the work that applied anthropologists do?

A) They enter the affected communities and talk with people.

B) They gather government statistics.

C) They consult project managers.

D) They consult government officials and other experts.

E) They promote development.

Version 1

16

78)

Which of the following illustrates some of the dangers of the old applied anthropology?

A) anthropologists promoting the study of their field among university undergraduates B) anthropologists practicing participant observation and taking photographs of ritualistic behavior C) anthropologists' work on the contrasts between urban and rural communities D) anthropologists collaborating with nongovernmental organizations in the 1980s E) anthropologists aiding colonial expansion by providing ethnographic information to colonists

79) Who was studied at a distance during the 1940s in an attempt to predict the behavior of the political enemies of the United States?

A) the Koreans and English B) the Yanomami and Betsileo C) the Malagasy D) the Germans and Japanese E) the Brazilians and Indonesians

80)

The U.S. baby boom of the late 1940s and 1950s

A) fueled the general expansion of the U.S. educational system, including academic anthropology.

B) promoted renewed interest in applied anthropology during the 1950s and 1960s.

C) brought anthropology into most high school curricula.

D) produced a new interest in ethnic diversity.

E) worked to shrink the world system.

81)

All of the following are proper roles for applied anthropologists EXCEPT

Version 1

17

A) identifying the needs for change that local people perceive.

B) working with people to design culturally appropriate and socially sensitive change.

C) placing the cultural values of local people above all others' cultural values.

D) protecting local people from harmful policies and projects that might threaten them.

E) working as participant observers, taking part in the events they study in order to understand local thought and behavior.

82) Development anthropology is the branch of applied anthropology that focuses on social issues in, and the cultural dimension of ________ development.

A) ethical B) theoretical C) political D) economic E) scholastic

83)

What is the commonly stated goal for most development projects?

A) greater socioeconomic stratification B) ethnocide C) cultural assimilation D) decreased local autonomy E) increased equity

84) Which of the following was observed in the Bahia, Brazil, development project in which fishing boat owners got loans to buy motors, as described in this chapter?

A) Ambitious young men increasingly sought wage labor instead of fishing.

B) The fishing community became more egalitarian.

C) There was an increase in commercial sailboat ownership.

D) The price of power fishing vessels decreased.

E) Individual initiative was rewarded, and the fishing industry grew.

Version 1

18

85) People are usually willing to change just enough to maintain, or slightly improve on, what they already have. For this reason, development projects are most likely to succeed when they avoid the fallacy of A) cultural relativism.

B) ethnobias.

C) overinnovation.

D) underdifferentiation.

E) intervention philosophy.

86)

Which of the following is an example that helps avoid fallacy of underdifferentiation?

A) ignoring cultural contrasts and using a strategy that worked in a different society B) adopting a uniform approach to deal with very different societies C) imposing incompatible social units D) use of indigenous social models in economic development E) imposing incompatible property concepts

87)

Development projects should aim to accomplish all of the following EXCEPT A) promoting change, but not overinnovation.

B) preserving local systems while working to make them better.

C) respecting local traditions.

D) drawing models of development from indigenous practices.

E) developing strategies with little input from the local communities.

88) Which of the following is a reason that the Madagascar project to increase rice production was successful?

Version 1

19

A) Malagasy leaders were of "the people" and were therefore prepared to follow the descent-group ethic of pooling resources for the good of the group as a whole.

B) The elites and the lower class were of different origins and thus had no strong connections through kinship, descent, or marriage.

C) There is a clear fit between capitalist development schemes and corporate descentgroup social organization.

D) The project took into account the inevitability of native forms of social organization breaking down into nuclear family organization, impersonality, and alienation.

E) The educated members of Malagasy society are those who have struggled to fend for themselves and therefore brought an innovative kind of independence to the project.

89) of

The Malagasy development program described in this chapter illustrates the importance

A) the local government's ability to improve the lives of its citizens, when committed to doing so.

B) replacing subsistence farming with a viable cash crop.

C) replacing outdated traditional techniques of irrigation with more modern ones.

D) breaking down corporate descent groups, which are too independent and interfere with development.

E) the top-down strategies developed by the UN.

90) In an example of applied anthropology's contribution to improving education, this chapter describes a study of Puerto Rican seventh graders in a Midwestern U.S. urban school (HillBurnett, 1978). What did anthropologists discover in this study?

A) Puerto Rican students came from a background that placed less value on education than non-Hispanic students.

B) The parents of Puerto Rican students did not value achievement.

C) The Puerto Rican students benefited from the English-as-a-foreign-language program.

D) Puerto Ricans do not benefit from bilingual education.

E) The Puerto Rican students' education was being affected by their teachers' misconceptions.

Version 1

20

91) Anthropology may aid in the progress of education by helping educators avoid all of the following EXCEPT A) indiscriminate assignment of nonnative English speakers to the same classrooms as children with "behavior problems."

B) tolerance of ethnic diversity.

C) incorrect application of labels such as "learning impaired."

D) sociolinguistic discrimination.

E) ethnic stereotyping.

92)

One of the stated goals of public anthropology is to A) oppose policies that promote injustice.

B) refrain from discussion of social issues in the media.

C) promote anthropology as a career, especially to minorities.

D) encourage academic anthropologists to become applied anthropologists.

E) restrict the publication of research papers to professional journals.

93)

An increase in urban population

A) leads to better access to sanitation, legal security, and public services.

B) results in an equal social system across a nation.

C) restricts cultural diffusion as a new urban culture emerges.

D) leads to a rise in crime rate.

E) reduces pollution as residents become increasingly responsible toward the environment than the rural population.

94) Shamans and other magicoreligious specialists are effective curers when an illness has a(n) ________ cause.

A) exotic B) ritualistic C) naturalistic D) personalistic E) scientific

Version 1

21

95)

Which of the following statements about medical anthropology is TRUE?

A) It is the field that proved that people from rural areas suffer only from illnesses and not diseases.

B) It applies non-Western health knowledge to a troubled industrialized medical system.

C) Typically in cooperation with pharmaceutical companies, this field does market research on the use of health products around the world.

D) This field applies Western medicine to solving health problems around the world.

E) This growing field considers the biocultural context and implications of disease and illness.

96)

Identify an example of a personalistic disease theory.

A) an illness brought on by anxiety, fright, or tragic news B) an illness brought on by toxic materials C) an illness brought on by food D) an illness brought on by a sorcerer or a ghost E) an illness brought on by unbalanced body fluids

97)

Which of the following best describes scientific medicine?

A) the availability of free or low-cost health care for all B) a health care system that relies on advances in technology C) the practice of medicine in particular Western nations D) a tendency to overprescribe drugs and surgeries E) the beliefs, customs, and specialists concerned with curing illness

98)

Ethnographic study of a workplace

Version 1

22

A) provides evidence that economic factors are fundamental to understanding differential productivity.

B) is routinely performed by employees of the U.S. federal government.

C) is not very useful, because all workplaces are becoming increasingly homogeneous, compared to 20 years ago.

D) provides close observation of workers and managers in their natural setting.

E) is required of all organizations that want to become not-for-profit, according to the American Anthropological Association.

99) This chapter's "Appreciating Diversity" account describes how McDonald's was able to succeed in the Brazilian market once it adapted to preexisting Brazilian cultural patterns. This example illustrates A) how the axiom of applied anthropology that innovation succeeds best when it is culturally appropriate applies only in Western cultures.

B) the danger of applied anthropology turning itself into a tool of capitalist interests, which always disregard the culture and well-being of the consumer.

C) how the axiom of applied anthropology that innovation succeeds best when it is culturally appropriate applies not just to development projects but also to businesses, such as fast food.

D) applied anthropology's capacity to help foreign markets adapt to a marketing strategy that must, above all costs, maintain the integrity of its brand.

E) Brazilians' intolerance of foreign goods, because the companies that produce them disregard Brazilian tastes.

100)

Efforts to demonstrate the public policy relevance of anthropology are known as A) ethnography.

B) underdifferentiation.

C) public anthropology.

D) development anthropology.

E) cultural resource management.

Version 1

23

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

101) Briefly discuss what is meant by applied anthropology. Use one example to explain how applied anthropology works in a field setting.

102) How is the attitude with regard to practical anthropology today different from what Malinowski intended?

103) What do anthropologists mean when they talk about development anthropology? Provide one example of how development anthropology works.

104) What is meant by increased equity? Give an example of its application in a development anthropology setting.

105) Discuss why overinnovation and underdifferentiation are important issues in development anthropology. Be sure to define each term in your response.

106)

What is meant by "indigenous models"? Provide one example.

Version 1

24

107) Discuss what the field anthropology and education focuses on. Provide one example of research within this field.

108) Discuss what medical anthropology focuses on. Provide one example of what medical anthropology looks like.

109)

Briefly discuss what is meant by "culturally appropriate marketing."

110) Write a short response in which you discuss how people might utilize anthropology degrees in different occupations.

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

111) Write a detailed essay in which you consider applied anthropology. Your essay should define what anthropologists mean when they discuss applied anthropology. Then, choose three areas from the chapter that illustrate applied anthropology. Discuss in depth each of these areas and provide an example that explains how applied anthropology works in each of them.

Version 1

25

112) Write an essay that considers the many dynamics of development anthropology. Your essay should discuss what is meant by development anthropology, including how it operates. As well, you should focus on three issues that relate to the applications of development anthropology in a field setting. Use each of the three issues to express the challenges and promises of this form of anthropology.

113) Write an essay that details the foundations of medical anthropology. In addition to defining medical anthropology, discuss three of the major issues associated with it. Your response should focus on the case studies that were addressed in the discussion of medical anthropology—such as traditional healers, scientific medicine, health care systems, etc. Be sure to use examples in your essay.

114) Define applied anthropology. What distinguishes early anthropology from contemporary applied anthropology? What are some current examples that raise the question of whether or not contemporary applied anthropology has completely moved on from the dangers of early anthropology?

Version 1

26

115) Discuss the relevance of the ethnographic method in the modern society, in solving contemporary problems, and in applied anthropology.

116) What is the relationship between theory and practice in anthropology? Do you agree that applied anthropology should be recognized as a separate subsection of anthropology?

117) Identify government, international, and private organizations that concern themselves with socioeconomic change abroad and hire anthropologists to help meet their goals. Review their mission statements. Do they make reference to the dangers of underdifferentiation or overinnovation?

118) What, if anything, is the difference between an anthropologist currently consulting on a development project in Indonesia and another one conducting research in support of the British colonial government's efforts to subdue African natives in the 1930s?

Version 1

27

119) There is considerable debate today over whether or not governments should require schools to provide bilingual education for students, and if so, to what extent this should be carried out. Pretend that you are an anthropologist who has been asked to provide guidance on this issue to a school board in a bilingual community. What can you suggest about the nature of ethnicity, language, and enculturation that will help educators address their challenges?

120) Discuss the major advantages and disadvantages of scientific and Western medicine, being careful to distinguish between scientific medicine and Western medicine.

121) How might a premedical student apply some of the knowledge learned through anthropology as a physician? What is the value of studying the curing and belief systems of patients' ethnic groups?

122) Discuss ethical dilemmas and possible solutions with respect to the kinds of applied anthropology discussed in this chapter.

Version 1

28

123) HIV/AIDS is a global pandemic. How does culture play a role in HIV transmission? How might applied anthropology help in finding a solution to this problem?

Version 1

29

Answer Key Test name: Chap 04_19e_Kottak 1) TRUE 2) FALSE 3) FALSE 4) FALSE 5) FALSE 6) FALSE 7) TRUE 8) TRUE 9) FALSE 10) TRUE 11) FALSE 12) FALSE 13) TRUE 14) FALSE 15) TRUE 16) FALSE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) TRUE 20) TRUE 21) FALSE 22) TRUE 23) TRUE 24) TRUE 25) FALSE 26) FALSE Version 1

30

27) TRUE 28) TRUE 29) FALSE 30) FALSE 31) FALSE 32) TRUE 33) FALSE 34) TRUE 35) TRUE 36) TRUE 37) FALSE 38) B 39) C 40) A 41) C 42) C 43) E 44) E 45) D 46) A 47) B 48) B 49) A 50) C 51) B 52) D 53) E 54) A 55) E 56) B Version 1

31

57) C 58) B 59) D 60) A 61) D 62) A 63) D 64) A 65) E 66) A 67) C 68) D 69) D 70) A 71) B 72) E 73) E 74) E 75) C 76) B 77) A 78) E 79) D 80) A 81) C 82) D 83) E 84) A 85) C 86) D Version 1

32

87) E 88) A 89) A 90) E 91) B 92) A 93) A 94) D 95) E 96) D 97) B 98) D 99) C 100) C

Version 1

33

CHAPTER 5 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) Animal call systems exhibit linguistic productivity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2) Linguistic productivity refers to the fixed linguistic structures that prevent the creation of new expressions. ⊚ true ⊚ false

3) Recent genetic research suggests that a speech-friendly mutation took hold in humans around 150,000 years ago. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4) Kinesics is the study of communication through body movements, stances, gestures, and facial expressions. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5)

In any language, a given phoneme extends over a phonetic range. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6)

Phonology is the study of speech sounds. ⊚ true ⊚ false

7)

Syntax refers to the rules that dictate the order of words in a language. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

1

8) Sapir and Whorf argued that all humans share a single set of universal grammatical categories. ⊚ true ⊚ false

9)

Focal vocabularies are found only in non-Western societies like the Eskimo and the Nuer. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10) In this chapter, an alternative to the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis suggests that cultural changes lead to changes in language. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11) Ethnosemantics studies show different members of different linguistic groups organize, categorize, and classify their experiences and perceptions. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12)

Whether bilingual or not, we all vary our speech depending on context. ⊚ true ⊚ false

13) Diglossia refers to linguistic groups, like those in Papua New Guinea and Australia, that distinguish between only two colors: black and white or dark and light. ⊚ true ⊚ false

14) According to the principle of linguistic relativity, all languages and dialects are equally effective as systems of communication. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

2

15) The education system denies linguistic relativity, misrepresenting prestige speech as being inherently better. ⊚ true ⊚ false

16)

In all languages, the same honorifics have the same meaning, regardless of context. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17) Sociolinguistics has demonstrated that men lack the linguistic capacity to distinguish between slight changes in color. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18) One of the factors contributing to linguistic diversity is how people feel about their home community versus the outside world. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19) African American Vernacular English (AAVE) is an incomplete linguistic system that is able only to express thoughts and ideas related to life in inner-city communities. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20) The origins of AAVE are found mostly in West Africa, rather than in the dialects of the southern part of the United States. ⊚ true ⊚ false

21) Creole languages are commonly found in regions where different linguistic groups come into contact with one another.

Version 1

3

⊚ ⊚

true false

22) Historical linguists use linguistic similarities and differences in the world today to study long-term changes in language. ⊚ true ⊚ false

23) The world's linguistic diversity has been cut in half, as measured by the number of distinct languages extant, in the past 500 years; and half the remaining languages are predicted to disappear during this century. ⊚ true ⊚ false

24) Problems arise with contemporary means of communication, such as texting and online messaging, because much of what we communicate is a nonverbal reflection of emotional states. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25)

Variation within a language at any given time is historic change in progress. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26)

Language may be spoken or written. ⊚ true ⊚ false

27)

Call systems refers to the communication systems of nonhuman primates. ⊚ true ⊚ false

28)

The transmission of language through learning is called displacement.

Version 1

4

⊚ ⊚

29)

true false

Describing things or events that are not present is known as productivity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

30) The study of communication through body movements and facial expressions is known as kinesics. ⊚ true ⊚ false

31)

Language, culture, and thought are interrelated. ⊚ true ⊚ false

32)

The linguistic study of morphemes and word construction is called syntax. ⊚ true ⊚ false

33)

All the morphemes in a language and their meanings are known as a lexicon. ⊚ true ⊚ false

34)

The smallest sound contrast that distinguishes meaning is known as a morpheme. ⊚ true ⊚ false

35)

A language having "high" or formal and "low" or informal dialects is called dysglossia. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

5

36)

Style shifts refers to varying one's speech in different social contexts. ⊚ true ⊚ false

37) According to the text, New Yorkers sought prestige by dropping their r's in the 19th century, after having pronounced them in the 18th. ⊚ true ⊚ false

38)

Honorifics are terms of respect or ones used to honor people. ⊚ true ⊚ false

39)

Languages that share a common parent language, such as Latin, are protolanguages. ⊚ true ⊚ false

40)

Linguists consider AAVE to be an ungrammatical hodgepodge. ⊚ true ⊚ false

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

41) A key feature of language is that A) it enables us to compare human and nonhuman primate linguistic grammars.

B) it tells us a lot about the present, although nothing about the past.

C) it is transmitted through learning.

D) it helps anthropologists distinguish between the more and less evolved human races.

E) it does not vary with time.

42)

Which of the following statements about chimpanzee call systems is NOT true?

Version 1

6

A) They consist of a limited number of sounds.

B) Like language, they include displacement and cultural transmission.

C) They consist of sounds that vary in intensity and duration.

D) Calls cannot be combined when multiple stimuli are present.

E) They are stimuli dependent.

43) Research on the communication skills of nonhuman primates reveals their inability to refer to objects that are not immediately present in their environment, such as food and danger.

The ability to describe things and events that are not present is called A) cultural transmission.

B) displacement.

C) linguistic imagination.

D) phonology.

E) productivity.

44) What is the term for the ability to create new expressions by combining other expressions?

A) displacement B) diglossia C) productivity D) morphemic utility E) phonemic utility

45) Recent research on the origins of language suggests that a key mutation might have something to do with it. Comparing chimp and human genomes, it appears that

Version 1

7

A) chimps lack the tongue-rolling gene that all humans have, which might explain why they struggle to achieve clear speech.

B) chimps share with humans all the genetic propensities for language but lack the language-activation mutation.

C) a speech-friendly mutation occurred among Neandertals in Europe and spread to other human populations through gene flow.

D) the speech-friendly form of the geneFOXP2 took hold in humans some 150,000 years ago.

E) the speech mutation occurred even before the hominin line split from the rest of the hominids.

46) Language and communication involve much more than just verbal speech. The study of communication through body movements, stances, gestures, and facial expressions is known as A) linguistic physiology.

B) biosemantics.

C) kinesics.

D) protolinguistics.

E) diglossia.

47) Linguistic anthropologists also are interested in investigating the structure of language and how it varies across time and space. What is the study of the forms in which sounds combine to form words?

A) phonology B) syntax C) morphology D) lexicon E) grammar

48)

The lexicon of a language is

Version 1

8

A) a dictionary containing all of its morphemes and their meanings.

B) its degree of complexity.

C) the set of rules that govern the written but not spoken language.

D) its symbolic and poetic value.

E) the range of speech sounds.

49)

What term refers to the arrangement and order of words into sentences?

A) syntax B) lexicon C) grammar D) phonology E) morphology

50)

What are phonemes?

A) the rules by which deep structure is translated into surface structure B) regional differences in dialect C) syntactical structures that distinguish passive constructions from active ones D) the minimal sound contrasts that distinguish meaning in a language E) electromagnetic signals that carry messages between speakers in a telephone conversation

51)

What is the study of the sounds used in speech?

A) phones B) phonemes C) phonology D) phonetics E) phonemics

52)

Which of the following was studied by Sapir and Whorf?

Version 1

9

A) the interaction of thought and surface structure B) the influence of language on thought C) the influence of deep structure on surface structure D) the influence of deep structure on semantic domains E) the influence of culture on language

53) Just as in other areas of anthropology, the study of language involves investigating what is or isn't shared across human populations and why these differences or similarities exist. The linguist Noam Chomsky has argued that the human brain contains a limited set of rules for organizing language, so that all languages have a common structural basis. He calls this set of rules A) the evolutionary linguistic imprint.

B) linguistic structuralism.

C) generalities.

D) a global mental map.

E) the universal grammar.

54) Sapir and Whorf argued that the grammatical categories of different languages lead their speakers to think about things in particular ways. However, studies on the differences between female and male Americans with regard to the color terms they use suggest that A) changes in the U.S. economy, society, and culture had no impact on the use of color terms, or on any other terms for that matter.

B) contrary to the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis, it might be more reasonable to say that changes in culture produce changes in language and thought, rather than the reverse.

C) in support of the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis, different languages produce different ways of thinking.

D) women and men are equally sensitive to the marketing tactics of the cosmetic industry.

E) women spend more money on status goods than do men.

55) ________ refers to the specialized set of terms and distinctions that are particularly important to certain groups.

Version 1

10

A) Syntactical vocabulary B) Spatial vocabulary C) Focal vocabulary D) Vernacular vocabulary E) Temporal vocabulary

56)

A sociolinguist studies A) how different languages produce different patterns of thought.

B) cross-cultural comparisons of phonemic distinctions.

C) the universal grammar of language.

D) communication through body movements E) dialects and styles in a single language.

57)

Which of the following terms refers to the study of language in society?

A) linguistic relativity B) ethnosemantics C) cultural transmission D) semantics E) sociolinguistics

58)

What is the term for variations in speech due to different contexts or situations?

A) linguistic confusion B) situational syntax C) contextual phonetics D) Chomskian verbosity E) style shifts

59) Romance languages like French and Spanish are daughter languages of Latin, which is their common

Version 1

11

A) syntax.

B) call system.

C) diglossia.

D) focal vocabulary.

E) protolanguage.

60)

What term refers to the existence of "high" and "low" dialects within a single language?

A) displacement B) diglossia C) semantics D) kinesics E) lexicon

61) What type of term is used to convey or imply a status difference between the speaker and the person being referred to or addressed?

A) formal addresses B) honorifics C) style shifts D) diglossia E) linguistic relational

62) What is an example of what Bourdieu calls symbolic domination in the context of language use?

A) the promotion of linguistic diversity in an egalitarian society B) pride in one's linguistic heritage, regardless of what the majority thinks C) the fact that in a stratified society, even people who do not speak the prestige dialect tend to accept it as standard or superior D) focal vocabulary contrasts among groups E) Chomsky's insistence that the universal grammar defines all culture

Version 1

12

63) Which of the following may lead AAVE speakers to omit -ed as a past-tense marker and s as a marker of plurality?

A) phonological rules B) honorofics C) style shifts D) ethnosemantics E) adjective-agreement system

64)

What term refers to languages that have descended from the same ancestral language?

A) F2 languages B) sibling languages C) daughter languages D) brother languages E) protolanguages

65)

What is pidgin?

A) a partial language that results from primitive tribes' attempts to learn the language of a modern industrialized state B) a mixed language that develops to ease communication between members of different cultures in contact, usually in situations of trade or colonial domination C) a rhythmic sublanguage present in any human language as the result of a universally shared mutation D) a set of languages believed to be most like the original human language, spoken by a small population of Indian Ocean islanders E) metalanguage, developed by computer programmers, that has yielded valuable insights into the workings of the human brain

66)

One aspect of linguistic history is language loss. When a language disappears,

Version 1

13

A) less strain is put on the educational system, because it has less language diversity to deal with.

B) historical linguists have confirmation that language is also a victim of evolutionary forces.

C) so does pride in one's heritage.

D) cultural diversity is reduced as well.

E) humanity is that much closer to global integration.

67)

Words that clearly descend from the same ancestral word are known as A) synonyms.

B) subgroups.

C) homonyms.

D) cognates.

E) daughters.

68)

To what does the term call systems refer?

A) the language common to humans B) the modern form of language spoken in the United States C) the communication systems of nonhuman primates D) a musical system of patterns used in some parts of the world E) a form of modern sign language

69)

Who was the first chimpanzee to learn ASL? A) Lucy B) Nancy C) Koko D) Washoe E) Nim

70)

Which of the following is true of nonhuman primate communication?

Version 1

14

A) The vocal tract of apes is suitable for speech.

B) No animal other than humans has anything approaching the complexity of language.

C) When primates encounter food and danger simultaneously, they combine the calls for food and danger into a single utterance.

D) In the 1920s, attempts to teach spoken language to apes suggested that they have linguistic abilities.

E) Apes completely lack the capacity for linguistic displacement.

71) There was indication that ________ called her monkey neighbors at the institute "dirty monkeys."

A) Lucy B) Nancy C) Koko D) Washoe E) Nim

72)

Which term refers to the transmission of language through learning?

A) cultural transmission B) prevarication C) kinesics D) productivity E) displacement

73) Which term refers to the creation of new expressions that are comprehensible to other speakers?

A) traditional transmission B) prevarication C) kinesics D) productivity E) displacement

Version 1

15

74)

A mutated gene known as ________ helps explain why humans speak and chimps do not.

A) LAN1 B) LAN2 C) EXCELLSOR D) FOXP2 E) HNN1

75)

A speech-friendly form of FOXP2 took hold in humans around ________ years ago.

A) 10,000 B) 20,000 C) 50,000 D) 150,000 E) 200,000

76) Which term refers to the study of communication through body movements and facial expressions?

A) traditional transmission B) prevarication C) kinesics D) productivity E) displacement

77)

On what did Deborah Tannen's research focus?

A) the use of ASL in contemporary business settings B) the evolution of language in early humans C) the use of ASL by a chimp named Washoe D) the nonverbal communication of a chimp named Nim E) the differences in the communicational styles of men and women

Version 1

16

78)

Which term refers to the linguistic study of morphemes and word construction?

A) phonology B) phoneme C) morphology D) syntax E) lexicon

79)

Which term refers to the study of speech sounds?

A) phonology B) phoneme C) morphology D) syntax E) lexicon

80)

Which of the following is a minimal unit of meaning?

A) morpheme B) phoneme C) diglossia D) syntax E) lexicon

81)

Which term refers to the scientific study of a spoken language?

A) phonology B) morphology C) sociolinguistics D) descriptive linguistics E) ethnosemantics

82)

Which term refers to the smallest sound contrast that distinguishes meaning?

Version 1

17

A) phonology B) phoneme C) morphology D) syntax E) lexicon

83)

Which term refers to study of speech sounds focusing on what people actually say?

A) phonemics B) phonetics C) semantics D) ethnosemantics E) focal vocabulary

84)

Which term refers to the study of sound contrasts in a language?

A) phonemics B) phonetics C) semantics D) ethnosemantics E) focal vocabulary

85) The idea that different languages produce different patterns of thought is known as the ________ hypothesis.

A) Whorf B) Chomsky C) Sapir-Whorf D) Lucy E) ASL

86)

Which term refers to a language's meaning system?

Version 1

18

A) phonemics B) phonetics C) semantics D) ethnosemantics E) focal vocabulary

87)

The study of lexical categories and contrasts is better known as A) phonemics.

B) phonetics.

C) semantics.

D) ethnosemantics.

E) focal vocabulary.

88)

Which term refers to a set of words that describes particular domains of experience?

A) phonemics B) phonetics C) semantics D) ethnosemantics E) focal vocabulary

89)

Which is an example of a semantic domain?

A) "red" B) "smart" C) "history" D) eye color E) color terminology

90)

________ affect(s) lexical distinctions within semantic domains.

Version 1

19

A) Warfare B) Cultural contrasts and changes C) History D) Evolution E) Personal opinion

91) Berlin and Kay's study of color terminology in more than 100 languages discovered ________ basic color terms.

A) 3 B) 5 C) 10 D) 15 E) 20

92)

To what does style shifts refer?

A) the ways in which primates communicate with different species B) varying one's speech in different social contexts C) a gender difference in language D) forms of address within the fashion industry E) forms of address within the world of business

93)

Which term refers to a language having "high" or formal and "low" or informal dialects?

A) heteroglossia B) homoglossia C) metroglossia D) diglossia E) dysglossia

94) Linguistic ________ is the principle that all languages are equally effective means of communication.

Version 1

20

A) relativity B) performance C) competence D) use E) feedback

95)

________ are terms of respect or terms used to honor people.

A) Honor semantics B) Semantics C) Honorifics D) Regional diglossia E) Dialects

96)

The concept of chain shifts was connected to A) consonants.

B) vowels.

C) the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis.

D) honorifics.

E) linguistic decline.

97)

What does AAVE refer to?

A) a cultural group in the southwest United States that features a language with only one living speaker (as of 2014) B) African American Vernacular English C) African Assimilation Vernacular English D) African Association Vernacular English E) a linguistic subgroup of the American Anthropological Association

98)

Which of the following best describes African American Vernacular English (AAVE)?

Version 1

21

A) complex linguistic system B) standard dialect C) ungrammatical hodegpodge D) inferior language system E) prestige dialect

99)

Which term refers to the study of languages over time?

A) daughter languages B) historical linguistics C) protolanguage D) subgroups E) panglossia

100)

Which term refers to languages that share a common parent language?

A) daughter languages B) historical linguistics C) protolanguage D) subgroups E) panglossia

101)

Which term refers to languages that are linguistically closely related?

A) daughter languages B) historical linguistics C) protolanguage D) subgroups E) panglossia

102)

According to the text, the top hot spot for language loss is

Version 1

22

A) Australia.

B) Kenya.

C) southwestern United States.

D) Pacific Northwest.

E) Guam.

103)

Which term refers to a language that is ancestral to several other languages?

A) daughter language B) historical language C) protolanguage D) subgroup E) panglossia

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

104) Explain what the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis is. Provide one example that illustrates the main idea of the hypothesis.

105) Write a short essay that explains how anthropologists believe that language originated.

Discuss any genetic evidence that may be available.

106) Write a short essay in which you discuss the ways in which human and primate communication differ. Use terms or concepts from the chapter.

Version 1

23

107) Explain what a focal vocabulary is. Provide an in-depth example that illustrates a focal vocabulary.

108) Briefly discuss the idea of ethnosemantics. Be sure to provide one example in your response.

109)

Write a short essay that discusses the concepts of style shifts and diglossia.

110)

Discuss one way in which gender speech contrasts exist.

111)

Discuss the SOV relationship in terms of language evolution.

112) Write a short essay that explains what historical linguistics studies. Discuss why this study of language is considered to be significant by anthropologists.

Version 1

24

113) Write a short essay that considers the issue of the loss of language. Discuss what is happening and state one reason why this is a concern of anthropologists.

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

114) Compare and contrast the evolution of language and biological evolution. What role may mutations play in the origins of human language, if any?

115)

Discuss factors that increase linguistic diversity among speakers of the same language.

116) What are honorifics? Why are sociolinguists interested in their use in context? In your everyday life, do you ever use honorifics? What does their use, or lack of use, imply about your relationships to others?

117) Discuss some common interests of linguistics and ethnography. Of what use can knowledge of linguistic techniques and principles be to the ethnographer?

Version 1

25

118) What is linguistic relativity? Illustrate how it applies to languages and to dialects of English.

119) According to some estimates, the world's linguistic diversity has been cut in half in the past 500 years, and half the remaining languages are predicted to disappear during this century.

Why does this matter? Isn't this just a natural result of globalization, something we should actually celebrate because it makes communication among diverse groups much easier?

120) Write an essay in which you discuss the ways in which human and primate communication differ. Use at least three terms or concepts from the chapter that will express these differences.

Version 1

26

121) Write an essay that expresses two of the following three aspects of language, culture, and thought: Sapir-Whorf hypothesis, focal vocabulary, and meaning. Use examples to discuss how each of the areas expresses important anthropological insights about language, culture, and thought.

122) Write an essay that details the significance of sociolinguistics. Choose two of the following areas to highlight, and use these to illustrate why sociolinguistics is important in anthropology: linguistic diversity, gender speech contrasts, language and status position, stratification.

123) Write an essay that explains what is meant by AAVE. Discuss how anthropologists have considered AAVE and have dealt with misperceptions about it.

Version 1

27

Answer Key Test name: Chap 05_19e_Kottak 1) FALSE 2) FALSE 3) TRUE 4) TRUE 5) TRUE 6) TRUE 7) TRUE 8) FALSE 9) FALSE 10) TRUE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE 13) FALSE 14) TRUE 15) FALSE 16) FALSE 17) FALSE 18) TRUE 19) FALSE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) TRUE 23) TRUE 24) TRUE 25) TRUE 26) TRUE Version 1

28

27) TRUE 28) FALSE 29) FALSE 30) TRUE 31) TRUE 32) FALSE 33) TRUE 34) FALSE 35) FALSE 36) TRUE 37) TRUE 38) TRUE 39) FALSE 40) FALSE 41) C 42) B 43) B 44) C 45) D 46) C 47) C 48) A 49) A 50) D 51) C 52) B 53) E 54) B 55) C 56) E Version 1

29

57) E 58) E 59) E 60) B 61) B 62) C 63) A 64) C 65) B 66) D 67) D 68) C 69) D 70) B 71) D There was indication that Washoe called her monkey neighbors at the institute "dirty monkeys."

72) A The transmission of language through learning is called cultural transmission.

73) D 74) D 75) D 76) C 77) E 78) C 79) A 80) A 81) D Version 1

30

82) B 83) B 84) A 85) C 86) C A language's meaning system is called semantics.

87) D 88) E 89) E 90) B 91) C 92) B 93) D 94) A 95) C 96) B 97) B 98) A 99) B 100) A 101) D 102) A 103) C

Version 1

31

CHAPTER 6 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) Race means identification with, and feeling part of, an ethnic group and exclusion from certain other groups because of this affiliation. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2) Any position, no matter what its prestige, that someone occupies in society is known as status. ⊚ true ⊚ false

3)

Some statuses aren't mutually exclusive; they may be contextual. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4) An achieved status is not automatic. It comes through choices, actions, efforts, talents, or accomplishments, and as such is always perceived as positive by a society. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5)

An example of an ascribed status would be a college graduate. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6)

When one's ethnic identity is flexible and situational, it can become an achieved status. ⊚ true ⊚ false

7)

Ascribed statuses are based on an individual's talents, abilities, and actions. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

1

8) The 2018 poverty rates for different minority groups in the U.S. are an example of stratification. ⊚ true ⊚ false

9)

In cultural terms, a race is an ethnic group that has a biological basis. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10) Discrimination against an ethnic group assumed to have a biological basis is called racism. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11) Most Americans are not very precise in distinguishing between the terms race and ethnicity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12)

Very often, American culture doesn't draw a line between race and ethnicity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

13)

Social identity based on ancestry is known as phenotype. ⊚ true ⊚ false

14) Hypodescent in the United States automatically determines the race of a child whose parents belong to different racial groups. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

2

15) Children of mixed unions assigned to the same group as their minority parent is known as hypodescent. ⊚ true ⊚ false

16)

Hypodescent refers to individuals who are racially pure. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17) Interracial, biracial, and multiracial identities are becoming more and more common in the United States. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18)

The U.S. and Canadian governments use the same racial categories in their censuses. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19)

Racial categories in Japan are more rigid than they are in Brazil. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20) In its construction of race, Japanese culture regards certain ethnic groups as having a biological basis even when there is no evidence that they do. ⊚ true ⊚ false

21) In Japan, the burakumin represent an isolated breeding population that is genetically distinct from the rest of the country. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

3

22)

The burakumin are internally stratified. ⊚ true ⊚ false

23) Racial categories in Brazil are not rigid; rather, they often change depending on the social setting. ⊚ true ⊚ false

24)

Brazilian racial classification is based exclusively on an individual's phenotype. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25)

Phenotype refers to the expressed physical characteristics of an organism. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26) The term nation formerly referred to a single culture that shared a single religion, language, history, territory, ancestry, and kinship. ⊚ true ⊚ false

27) One of the definitions of state is an independent, centrally organized political unit, or a government. ⊚ true ⊚ false

28) A society with a central government, administrative specialization, and social classes is a state. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

4

29)

Nation-state refers to an ethnic group that is not politically autonomous. ⊚ true ⊚ false

30) Most countries of the world have a single ethnic group accounting for 90 percent or more of the population. ⊚ true ⊚ false

31) Colonialism often erected boundaries that corresponded poorly with preexisting cultural divisions. ⊚ true ⊚ false

32)

Ethnic diversity is only associated with positive group interaction. ⊚ true ⊚ false

33)

The absorption of minorities within a dominant culture is known as colonialism. ⊚ true ⊚ false

34) Host countries that emphasize assimilation tend to encourage minority ethnic groups to retain their identities. ⊚ true ⊚ false

35)

A plural society is one with economically interdependent ethnic groups. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

5

36)

A plural society is the opposite of a society that forces groups to assimilate. ⊚ true ⊚ false

37) Multiculturalism emphasizes the need for a series of cultures to abandon their old ethnic identities and join together to forge a new and unique cultural identity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

38)

A key element of multiculturalism is a respect for ethnic diversity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

39) Migration and rapid population growth are fueling multiculturalism in countries like the United States and Canada. ⊚ true ⊚ false

40)

Ethnic/racial diversity is decreasing in the United States. ⊚ true ⊚ false

41) Only dominant or majority groups can have prejudiced views; minority groups are not capable of being prejudiced. ⊚ true ⊚ false

42) De facto discrimination occurs when laws exist that harm a specific group and its members. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

6

43) Genocide refers to the deliberate elimination of an ethnic or religious group through mass murder. ⊚ true ⊚ false

44) Ethnocide refers to the deliberate elimination of an ethnic culture through aggressive policies forcing assimilation. ⊚ true ⊚ false

45)

Refugees are those who flee a country to escape persecution or war. ⊚ true ⊚ false

46) A common technique in cultural colonialism is to flood ethnic areas with members of the dominant ethnic group to diminish the cohesion and clout of the local people. ⊚ true ⊚ false

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

47) Which of the following statements about ethnicity is true?

A) Ethnicity is one's identification with a group that shares a common set of beliefs, values, customs, and norms.

B) Americans maintain a clear distinction between ethnicity and race.

C) Ethnicity is based on common biological features.

D) Ethnicity is the politically correct term for race.

E) Ethnicity and race are synonyms.

48)

Which of the following is NOT a marker of an ethnic group?

Version 1

7

A) collective name B) belief in common descent C) a sense of solidarity D) a biologically ascribed race E) an association with a specific territory

49) What is the name for a group among several culturally distinct groups in a society or region?

A) ethnic group B) race C) hypodescent D) descent group E) majority group

50) ________ is identification with, and feeling part of, an ethnic group and exclusion from certain other groups because of this affiliation.

A) Discrimination B) Ethnicity C) Status D) Ascribed status E) Achieved status

51)

What does ethnicity mean?

A) identification with the cultural values of the dominant culture B) identification with and feeling part of a biologically racial group C) identification with neighbors in a multicultural society D) identification with, and feeling part of, an ethnic group and exclusion from other

groups E) identification with and feeling part of two or more groups in a plural society

Version 1

8

52) Which term is defined as any position, no matter what its prestige, that someone occupies in society?

A) race B) ethnicity C) status D) nationality E) descent

53) An anthropological understanding of ethnicity and race requires exploring how people and institutions define, negotiate, and even challenge their identities in society. One way anthropologists—and social scientists in general—do this is by studying status, which refers to A) a mutually exclusive social identity that is set by others and has little to do with an individual's actions.

B) any position, no matter what its prestige, that someone occupies in society.

C) a biologically determined identity within a hierarchical society.

D) a socially negotiated identity that always changes throughout a person's lifetime.

E) an identity determined by the state through census practices.

54)

An ascribed status is a status that A) people have little or no choice about occupying.

B) you choose for yourself.

C) you earn, as when a successful law student becomes a lawyer.

D) has a position of dominance in society; for example, that of a king.

E) is based on standardized test scores.

55)

What is social status based on choices or accomplishments called?

A) discriminatory status B) ethnic status C) master status D) ascribed status E) achieved status

Version 1

9

56)

Which of the following is NOT an example of an achieved status?

A) woman B) college professor C) high school student D) minister E) carpenter

57)

When ethnic identity is flexible and situational, it can become a(n) A) stereotype.

B) multicultural stratified culture.

C) achieved status.

D) social stigma.

E) hypodescent category.

58) Depending on the situation, the same man might declare: "I'm Jimmy's father"; "I'm your boss"; "I'm African American"; or "I'm your professor." This phenomenon, whereby a person's claimed or perceived identity varies depending on context, is called A) ethnicity.

B) hypodescent.

C) situational negotiation of social identity.

D) ethnic tolerance.

E) rotating core personality traits.

59) The groups that occupy subordinate positions within a social hierarchy are known as ________ groups.

A) ascribed B) hypodescent C) assimilated D) minority E) marginalized

Version 1

10

60)

What is the name for an ethnic group assumed to have a biological basis?

A) ethnic group B) race C) hypodescent D) descent group E) majority group

61)

Race, like ethnicity in general, is A) a cultural category rather than a biological reality.

B) a biological reality as much as a cultural one.

C) used by social scientists to classify humans based on genes and shared blood.

D) poorly understood by geneticists and therefore considered a cultural category.

E) a meaningless concept to people living day to day.

62) Which term is defined as discrimination against an ethnic group that is assumed to have a biological basis?

A) genocide B) ethnocide C) prejudice D) racism E) stereotyping

63)

In which of the following categories should the concept of race be placed?

A) biological B) cultural C) scientific D) genetic E) imaginary

Version 1

11

64)

Which of the following statements about U.S. racial categories is true?

A) U.S. racial categories are applied to endogamous breeding populations.

B) U.S. racial categories are biologically valid, as demonstrated by the Phipps case in the 1970s in Louisiana.

C) U.S. racial categories are based on global racial categories that vary little among societies.

D) U.S. racial categories are based on genetics, whereas Japan's are based on undemonstrated descent.

E) U.S. racial categories are culturally arbitrary, even though most people assume them to be based in biology.

65)

Which term refers to social identity based on ancestry?

A) race B) hypodescent C) descent D) minority status E) ethnicity

66) What is the term for the arbitrary rule that automatically places children of mixed unions in the group of their minority parent?

A) hypogyny B) hyponymy C) hypophysis D) hypodescent E) hypogamy

67) Organizations in the United States such as the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP) and the National Council of La Raza, a Hispanic advocacy group, have opposed adding a "multiracial" census category. This suggests that

Version 1

12

A) both organizations need to hire anthropologists.

B) racial classification is a political issue, in that these groups fear their political clout will decline if their numbers go down.

C) racial classification is all about cultural pride.

D) racial classification can become more scientifically accurate despite people's ignorance to the contrary.

E) racial classification matters only to Hispanic minorities in the United States.

68)

The idea of "intrinsic racism" was originally connected with the work of A) Franz Boas.

B) Conrad Kottak.

C) Kwame Anthony Appiah.

D) Benedict Anderson.

E) Fredrik Barth.

69)

The burakumin are from A) northern California.

B) Ecuador.

C) Brazil.

D) the United States.

E) Japan.

70)

In Japan, the burakumin A) are perceived as pure Japanese, even if one of their parents is not Japanese.

B) are stigmatized despite being genetically indistinguishable from other Japanese.

C) are the cream of Japan's racial categories, having the purest blood.

D) no longer face discrimination.

E) constitute a numerical majority in Japan.

71)

In the historical Japanese tiered system of stratification, the lowest rank category was

Version 1

13

A) farmer.

B) samurai.

C) merchant.

D) burakumin.

E) artisan.

72) "Class-structured, with differences in wealth, prestige, and power" is another way of saying A) homogenized.

B) stratified.

C) assimilated.

D) multicultured.

E) prejudiced.

73)

The specific concept that is applied to race in Brazil is A) minority status.

B) social stratification.

C) phenotype.

D) assimilation.

E) colonialism.

74)

Which term is defined as the expressed physical characteristics of an organism?

A) phenotype B) race C) ethnicity D) descent E) hypodescent

75)

Which of the following statements about the concept of race in Brazil is FALSE?

Version 1

14

A) Racial classification in Brazil is built around the concept of hypodescent.

B) There are more than 500 different terms used to describe phenotypes.

C) The large number of racial categories does not lend itself easily to socioeconomic discrimination based on race.

D) The perception of biological races is influenced not just by the physical phenotype but by how one dresses and behaves.

E) A person's race can change from day to day.

76) Which of the following is a major difference between Brazilian and American racial taxonomies?

A) Brazilians do not recognize racial differences.

B) American categories are purer than Brazilian categories.

C) There are no important differences between the two taxonomies.

D) In the United States, social race is determined at birth and does not change, but in Brazil race can change from day to day.

E) Brazilian racial categories are based on genotype, whereas U.S. categories are based on phenotype.

77) What term formerly referred to a culture that shared a single language, religion, history, territory, ancestry, and kinship?

A) monoculture B) country C) nation D) society E) homeland

78)

What term refers to an independent, centrally organized political unit, or a government?

Version 1

15

A) state B) tribe C) nationality D) bureaucracy E) culture

79)

What is the name for an autonomous political entity?

A) colonial society B) state C) nation-state D) nation E) community

80)

Nation-states are A) defined by their lack of ethnic identity.

B) ethnically homogeneous.

C) the same as tribes and ethnic groups.

D) parts of other states.

E) otherwise known as countries.

81) What is the term for ethnic groups that once had, or wish to have or regain, autonomous political status?

A) ethnicities B) captive nations C) nations D) nationalities E) ethnic avengers

82) Which of the following is NOT a Francophone West African nation where négritude ("black identity") developed?

Version 1

16

A) Mali B) Guinea C) Liberia D) the Ivory Coast E) Senegal

83)

Which term refers to long-term foreign domination of a territory and its people?

A) assimilation B) multiculturalism C) plural society D) colonialism E) nationalism

84)

Which term refers to the absorption of minorities within a dominant culture?

A) assimilation B) multiculturalism C) plural society D) colonialism E) nationalism

85) Identify the term that anthropologist Fredrik Barth defines as a society that combines ethnic contrasts, ecological specialization, and the economic interdependence of those groups.

A) stratified society B) ranked society C) plural society D) egalitarian society E) assimilated society

86)

Which term refers to a society with economically interdependent ethnic groups?

Version 1

17

A) assimilation B) multiculturalism C) plural society D) colonialism E) nationalities

87) According to Fredrik Barth's theories about ethnic identity, ethnic boundaries are most stable and enduring when A) ethnic groups share a common ancestor.

B) ethnic groups occupy different ecological niches.

C) ethnic groups share the same nation-state.

D) the members of the ethnic groups are highly educated, as in postcolonial states.

E) ethnic groups are culturally very similar and tend to pursue the same goals.

88)

Which term refers to the view that cultural diversity is valuable and worth maintaining?

A) assimilation B) multiculturalism C) plural society D) colonialism E) nationalism

89)

The presence of ethnic neighborhoods may indicate what kind of coexistence?

A) assimilation B) acculturation C) enculturation D) colonialism E) multiculturalism

Version 1

18

90) In the 2016 presidential campaign of Donald Trump, the idea of an association between ethnicity (traditionally and predominantly European derived and Christian) and the right to rule the United States was prominent. This idea is known as A) cultural colonialism.

B) attitudinal discrimination.

C) religious syncretism.

D) unilinear evolutionism.

E) ethno-nationalism.

91)

Which of the following is a negative type of ethnic interaction?

A) colonialism B) multiculturalism C) plural society D) prejudice E) assimilation

92)

Devaluing a group because of its assumed attributes is called A) stereotyping.

B) racism.

C) prejudice.

D) discrimination.

E) cultural colonialism.

93)

Which term refers to fixed ideas about what members of a group are like?

A) stereotypes B) racism C) prejudice D) discrimination E) cultural colonialism

Version 1

19

94)

What is the term for policies and practices that harm a group and its members?

A) colonialism B) racism C) prejudice D) ethnocentrism E) discrimination

95)

The deliberate elimination of an ethnic group through mass murder is called A) cultural colonialism.

B) genocide.

C) ethnocide.

D) pluralism.

E) forced reparation.

96) What term refers to the deliberate suppression or destruction of the culture of an ethnic group by a dominant group?

A) genocide B) prejudice C) ethnocide D) regicide E) racism

97) What is the term for the use of force by a dominant group to compel an ethnic group to adopt the dominant culture?

A) attitudinal discrimination B) genocide C) forced assimilation D) ethnocentrism E) environmental racism

Version 1

20

98)

What term refers to people who flee a country to escape persecution or war?

A) victims B) burakumin C) phenotypes D) minorities E) refugees

99) A policy of ethnic expulsion aims at removing groups who are culturally different from a country. There are many examples, including Bosnia-Herzegovina in the 1990s. Uganda expelled 74,000 Asians in 1972. The neofascist parties of contemporary Western Europe advocate repatriation of immigrant workers. What is one of the potential consequences of such policies?

A) the breakup of imaginary communes B) the creation of refugees—people who have been forced (involuntary refugees) or who have chosen (voluntary refugees) to flee a country in order to escape persecution or war C) state-mandated forced assimilation D) the creation of class consciousness E) gender stratification

100) Which term refers to the internal domination by one group and its culture or ideology over others?

A) stereotyping B) racism C) prejudice D) discrimination E) cultural colonialism

101)

Which of the following is a positive type of ethnic interaction?

Version 1

21

A) ethnic expulsion B) ethnocide C) prejudice D) assimilation E) genocide

102)

What does de jure mean?

A) practiced, but not legally sanctioned B) part of the law C) before the fact D) after the fact E) of criminal mind

103)

What does de facto mean?

A) practiced, but not legally sanctioned B) part of the law C) before the fact D) after the fact E) of criminal mind

104) The disproportionate likelihood of arrest, incarceration, and mistreatment by police faced

by African Americans is an example of A) de facto discrimination.

B) de jure discrimination.

C) ethnonationalism.

D) ethnocide.

E) cultural colonialism.

Version 1

22

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

105) Discuss the differences between race and ethnicity. As well, discuss why people often confuse these two terms.

106) Discuss the ways in which the American census deals with race. Compare the American census to the Canadian census.

107)

Write a short essay discussing the burakumin and the construction of race in Japan.

108) What is meant by assimilation? Discuss one potential problem that assimilation may pose for a society.

109)

Discuss the difference between assimilation and plural societies.

110)

Describe ethno-nationalism and the role that it plays in the United States today.

Version 1

23

111) Read the section "The Gray and the Brown" and write a short response in which you discuss the changing nature of ethnicity and demographics in the United States. Discuss a gap that may be evident between the two groups that are considered in this case study.

112) Write a short essay that defines discrimination and differentiates between the two main types of discrimination that are considered in the chapter.

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

113) Is it contradictory to say that membership in an ethnic group is an ascribed status while arguing that we negotiate our social identities? Why or why not?

114) What is meant by the social construction of race? How does this concept differ from race as perceived by the average middle-class American?

Version 1

24

115) Racial classification is a political issue. Compare the Canadian census, in its treatment of racial categories, to the U.S. Census. What do you think would be the political consequences of using one census over another? The election of Barack Obama to the U.S. presidency in 2008 rekindled many public discussions on race in the United States. What is the substance of these discussions? What are the terms of the debate?

116) Write an essay that expresses the idea of phenotype and fluidity in terms of the construction of race in Brazil. Discuss three of the main aspects of the case study that were considered in the chapter.

117) What are the major differences between the Brazilian and U.S. systems of racial classification?

118) The second half of the twentieth century saw a great increase in the significance of ethnicity as a factor in regional and world identity politics. What are the historical, social, and cultural reasons for this?

Version 1

25

119) Describe the difference between nations and nationalities. What effect did colonialism have on both?

120) Why aren't most nation-states homogeneous? How do countries vary in their ethnic compositions in different regions around the world?

121) There are nation-states in which multiple ethnic groups live together in harmony. What are the different types of positive ethnic interaction that occur in these societies?

122) Describe the political aspect of ethnicity. Give examples. How is multiculturalism an attempt to depoliticize ethnicity? (Start out with a careful definition of what you mean by political.)

Version 1

26

123) Write an essay that discusses the idea of multiculturalism. First, define multiculturalism and discuss its relationship to assimilation. Then discuss why it has been suggested as a positive approach to ethnic diversity in a society. Next, consider how multiculturalism relates to changing ethnicity in the United States. Finally, discuss one value that multiculturalism may offer to a society.

124) Describe the incidents that gave rise to and are linked to the "Black Lives Matter" movement in the United States.

125) Write an essay that focuses on three of the aftermaths of the extreme forms of anti-ethnic discrimination that are considered in the chapter. Next, discuss one strategy that could be applied to better eliminate these aftermaths of oppression.

Version 1

27

Answer Key Test name: Chap 06_19e_Kottak 1) FALSE 2) TRUE 3) TRUE 4) FALSE 5) FALSE 6) TRUE 7) FALSE 8) TRUE 9) FALSE 10) TRUE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE 13) FALSE 14) TRUE 15) TRUE 16) FALSE 17) TRUE 18) FALSE 19) TRUE 20) TRUE 21) FALSE 22) TRUE 23) TRUE 24) FALSE 25) TRUE 26) TRUE Version 1

28

27) TRUE 28) TRUE 29) FALSE 30) FALSE 31) TRUE 32) FALSE 33) FALSE 34) FALSE 35) TRUE 36) TRUE 37) FALSE 38) TRUE 39) TRUE 40) FALSE 41) FALSE 42) FALSE 43) TRUE 44) TRUE 45) TRUE 46) TRUE 47) A 48) D 49) A 50) B 51) D 52) C 53) B 54) A 55) E 56) A Version 1

29

57) C 58) C 59) D 60) B 61) A 62) D 63) B 64) E 65) C 66) D 67) B 68) C 69) E 70) B 71) D 72) B 73) C 74) A 75) A 76) D 77) C 78) A 79) C 80) E 81) D 82) C 83) D 84) A 85) C 86) C Version 1

30

87) B 88) B 89) E 90) E 91) D 92) C 93) A 94) E 95) B 96) C 97) C 98) E 99) B 100) E 101) D 102) B 103) A 104) A

Version 1

31

CHAPTER 7 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) Most contemporary foragers live in remote areas, completely cut off from contact with other modern, agricultural, and industrial communities. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2) The Kalahari Desert of southern Africa is home to the foraging group known as the Ju/'hoansi San. ⊚ true ⊚ false

3) Horticulture refers to low-intensity farming that often uses slash-and-burn techniques to clear land. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4) Domesticated animals, more specifically their manure and their pulling capabilities, are key components of horticulture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5) In order to intensify production, agriculturalists frequently build irrigation canals and terraces. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6) Although agriculture is much more productive per acre than horticulture, horticulture is more reliable and dependable in the long run. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

1

7) Agriculturalists tend to live in permanent villages that are larger and closer to other settlements than the semipermanent settlements of horticulturalists. ⊚ true ⊚ false

8) The high level of intensification and long-term dependability of horticulture paved the way for the emergence of large urban settlements and the first states. ⊚ true ⊚ false

9) Pastoralists are specialized herders whose subsistence strategies are focused on domesticated animals. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10)

In transhumant societies, the entire group moves with their animals throughout the year. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11) A mode of production is a way of organizing production, whereas the means of production include the factors of production, such as land, labor, technology, and capital. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12) In most foraging societies, private ownership of bounded land has been almost nonexistent. ⊚ true ⊚ false

13)

Band- and tribal-level societies actively promote craft and task specialization. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

2

14)

In nonindustrial societies, economic activities are embedded in the society. ⊚ true ⊚ false

15)

The market principle dominates economic activities in band-level foraging societies. ⊚ true ⊚ false

16) With generalized reciprocity, the individuals participating in the exchange usually do not know the other person prior to the exchange. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17)

With balanced reciprocity, the giver expects something in return equal to what was given. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18) Potlatching is a form of competitive feasting that enables individuals to redistribute surplus materials while simultaneously increasing their own prestige. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19) Anthropological analysis of potlatching contradicts the classic economics assumption that in some societies people strive to maximize prestige at the expense of their material well-being. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20) Anthropologist Yehudi Cohen used the term adaptive strategy to describe a society's system of economic production. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

3

21) Adaptive strategy refers to a means of making a living, or a society's main system of economic production. ⊚ true ⊚ false

22)

A typical feature of the foraging lifestyle is mobility. ⊚ true ⊚ false

23)

"Nonindustrial plant cultivation with fallowing" is a description of agriculture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

24)

The case of the Kuikuru is related to agriculture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25)

Continuum of land and labor use refers to the cultivation continuum. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26)

Pastoralists may add some grain to their diet either through cultivation or trade. ⊚ true ⊚ false

27)

The system of resource production, distribution, and consumption is called transhumance. ⊚ true ⊚ false

28)

The mode of production is a specific set of social relations that organizes labor. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

4

29)

The allocation of scarce means among alternative ends is known as the market principle. ⊚ true ⊚ false

30)

Redistribution is the most common among members of bands. ⊚ true ⊚ false

31)

The reciprocity continuum runs from balanced reciprocity to negative reciprocity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

32) The midpoint on the reciprocity continuum, between generalized reciprocity and negative reciprocity, is balanced reciprocity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

33)

Exchanges among closely related individuals are classified as negative reciprocity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

34)

One example of a redistributive system comes from the Cherokee. ⊚ true ⊚ false

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

35) Yehudi Cohen's adaptive strategies

Version 1

5

A) suggest hypothetical correlations—that is, a causal relation between two or more variables, such as economic and cultural variables.

B) suggest multidirectional relationships between a society's mean and its mode of production.

C) suggest that economic systems are a better way of categorizing societies than relying on cultural patterns.

D) suggest a correlation between the economies of foraging societies and their social features.

E) have strong predictive powers when analyzed in computer models.

36) Despite differences arising from environmental variation, all foraging economies have shared one essential feature: A) their emphasis on devising new forms of organic pesticides.

B) their reliance on welfare supplied by state-level societies.

C) their willingness to test out new food-producing technologies to see if they are any better than what they are used to.

D) their interest in developing irrigation technologies to control sources of water.

E) their reliance on available natural resources for their subsistence, rather than controlling the reproduction of plants and animals.

37)

Which of the following was a characteristic shared by recent foraging communities?

A) They depended mainly on fishing.

B) They relied on welfare supplied by state-level societies.

C) They spoke simplified languages.

D) They lived in marginal environments that were of little interest to food-producing societies.

E) They devolved to foraging from a more advanced level of subsistence.

38) In recent times, many foraging groups have been exposed to the idea of food production but have not adopted it. Why?

Version 1

6

A) They did not have the skills or tools to do so.

B) Their own economies provided a perfectly adequate and nutritious diet, with a lot less work.

C) People naturally resist change, especially foragers.

D) They had to ask permission from the state to do so.

E) They did not realize the advantages of food production.

39) This case of the Basarwa San Bushmen and the government of Botswana in this chapter illustrates how A) foragers are willingly choosing to change their lifestyles and become a part of the global village.

B) foraging communities' identities are being reshaped by their relationships with nongovernmental organizations.

C) the foraging lifestyle has finally become a thing of the past.

D) contemporary governments can limit the independence of indigenous peoples and restrict their traditional lifestyle.

E) national governments maintain healthy forests, allow foragers access to their traditional natural resources, and foster cultural survival.

40)

Which of the following is NOT characteristic of band-organized societies?

A) an egalitarian social structure B) all related by kinship or marriage C) fewer than 100 people D) permanent villages E) flexibility and mobility

41)

Which of the following is most characteristic of foragers?

Version 1

7

A) unilineal descent and ancestor worship B) territoriality and organized warfare C) high mobility and small groups with flexible affiliations D) a redistributive economy and specialized leadership roles E) permanent villages and full-time priests

42)

Which of the following is a characteristic of most foraging societies?

A) social stratification B) sedentism C) egalitarianism D) irrigation E) large populations

43)

A horticultural system of cultivation is characterized by A) intensive use of land and human labor.

B) the use of irrigation and terracing.

C) developing almost exclusively in arid areas.

D) lack of proper knowledge about plant domestication.

E) periodic cycles of cultivation and fallowing.

44)

What kinds of societies typically are associated with slash-and-burn cultivation?

A) foraging societies B) state-level societies C) hydraulic societies D) nonindustrial societies E) nomadic societies

45)

Which of the following statements about shifting cultivation is true?

Version 1

8

A) It is typically associated with the use of draft animals.

B) It cannot support permanent villages.

C) It requires irrigation.

D) It requires farmers to shift back and forth between plots.

E) It relies extensively on chemical fertilizers.

46) Why do slash-and-burn cultivators farm a plot of land for a year or two and then abandon it for several years?

A) They burn so much wild vegetation that the air becomes too polluted to support a healthy existence.

B) Slash-and-burn cultivation is unique to segmentary-lineage organized societies, and crop rotation follows the cycle of interlineage exchange.

C) Slash-and-burn cultivation is associated with big-game hunting, which requires regular movement so as not to deplete the animal population.

D) Slash-and-burn cultivators use relatively primitive irrigation systems, which have to be repaired every year or two.

E) The wild vegetation needs time to reestablish itself before it is burned to clear the land and fertilize the soil.

47)

Which of the following statements about irrigation is FALSE? A) Irrigated fields typically increase in value through time.

B) Irrigation is a defining characteristic of foraging societies.

C) Irrigation usually enriches the soil.

D) The Betsileo of Madagascar used irrigation intensively.

E) Irrigated fields are labor intensive.

48) Because nonindustrial economies can have features of both horticulture and agriculture, it is useful to discuss cultivators as being arranged along a cultivation continuum. Which of the following generally occurs in moving toward the more intensive end of the cultivation continuum?

Version 1

9

A) increased leisure time B) improved overall health status of the population C) increased egalitarianism D) increasing economic specialization E) longer fallow periods

49)

Which of the following does NOT occur in moving along the cultivation continuum?

A) Population density increases.

B) Societies become more egalitarian.

C) Village size increases.

D) Villages are located closer together.

E) Land is used more intensively.

50)

What happens as one moves along the cultivation continuum?

A) Ceremonies and rituals become less formal.

B) More time for leisurely pursuits becomes available.

C) The use of land and labor intensifies.

D) There is a heavier reliance on slash-and-burn cultivation.

E) The use of communal cooking-houses becomes more common.

51)

Intensive agriculture

A) has a significant impact on the environment, but this impact is very localized and can be controlled.

B) can sustain greater ecological diversity.

C) is not ecologically destructive when it is done with fuel-efficient machinery.

D) has significant environmental effects, such as deforestation, water pollution, and reduction of ecological diversity.

E) is an ecological improvement over sectorial fallowing.

Version 1

10

52) What term refers to the type of pastoral economy in which the entire population moves with their animals throughout the year?

A) balanced subsistence B) socialist production C) pastoral nomadism D) foraging E) transhumance

53) In which food production system does part of the group's population accompany the herds to distant pastures and the remaining population maintain year-round villages and grow crops?

A) pastoral nomadism B) transhumance C) mixed specialization D) intensive agriculturalist E) modified foraging

54)

What is a mode of production?

A) a postindustrial adaptive strategy, such as commercial agriculture or international mercantilism B) the land, labor, technology, and capital of production C) a set of social relations that organizes labor necessary for generating the society's subsistence and energy needs D) a structure that classifies whether a society is foraging, horticulturalist, or agriculturalist E) the cultural aspect of any given economy, such as changing fashions in the textile and clothing industry

55)

What are the means, or factors, of production?

Version 1

11

A) synonyms of a society's mode of production B) a society's institutional mechanisms for making sure that everyone is productive C) the ways a society organizes production D) labor forces organized by kinship ties E) a society's major productive resources, such as land and other natural resources, labor, technology, and capital

56) Unlike in industrial societies, where economic alienation is common, in nonindustrial societies A) alienation is pervasive.

B) alienation is suffered only among the poorer classes.

C) social relations are embedded in all relations except the economic ones.

D) the relations of production, distribution, and consumption are social relations with economic aspects.

E) alienation is an ascribed status.

57)

How are nonindustrial economic systems embedded in society?

A) People are not aware that they are working toward a goal.

B) The economic system has little to do with the everyday life of the people.

C) The economic system cannot easily be separated from other systems, such as kinship.

D) Most nonindustrial economies are managed systems.

E) Most economic activity takes place far from home.

58) Economic relationships are characteristically embedded in other relationships, such as kinship, in all of the following kinds of societies EXCEPT A) states.

B) foragers.

C) horticulturalists.

D) pastoralists.

E) chiefdoms.

Version 1

12

59) Economic anthropologists have been concerned with two main questions, one focusing on systems of human behavior and the other on the individuals who participate in those systems.

The first question is: How are production, distribution, and consumption organized in different societies? The second question is A) Why has the myth of the profit-maximizing individual been so pervasive, despite evidence to the contrary?

B) What are the best ways to convince individuals in funding agencies of the value of ethnographic knowledge in the realm of economics?

C) What encourages overconsumption in Western economies?

D) What motivates people in different cultures to produce, distribute or exchange, and consume?

E) What has been the impact of globalization at the level of individuals?

60) Throughout the many years that Kottak has been doing research among the nonindustrial Betsileo of Madagascar, he has witnessed the impact of globalization on their livelihood. All of the following have threatened the traditional fabric of Betsileo life EXCEPT A) agricultural intensification caused by population pressure.

B) the breakdown of social and political order fueled by an increasing demand for cash.

C) the growing threat of cattle thieves, some of them relatively well-educated young men looking to make some cash.

D) the increased presence of anthropologists collaborating with local leaders to preserve their ancestral lands.

E) emigration.

61)

Which of the following statements about peasants is NOT true?

A) They all live in state-organized societies.

B) They owe rent to landlords.

C) They practice small-scale agriculture without modern technology such as chemical fertilizers and tractors.

D) They owe taxes to the government.

E) They are not part of the world market.

Version 1

13

62)

Who are peasants?

A) people who ignore social norms of behavior B) small-scale farmers who own their own land and sell all their crops to buy necessities C) small-scale farmers with rent fund obligations D) anyone who lives in the country E) anyone who falls below the poverty line

63) Which of the following economic principles is generally dominant in today's world capitalist economy?

A) generalized exchange B) the market principle C) redistribution D) negative reciprocity E) balanced reciprocity

64)

Which of the following is NOT associated with the market principle?

A) the profit motive B) the law of supply and demand C) impersonal economic relations D) industrialism E) kin-based generalized reciprocity

65)

Generalized reciprocity A) is characterized by the immediate return of the object exchanged.

B) is the characteristic form of exchange in egalitarian societies.

C) usually develops after redistribution but before the market principle.

D) disappears with the origin of the state.

E) is exemplified by silent trade.

Version 1

14

66) Which of the following kinds of exchange is characteristic among the members of a family?

A) generalized reciprocity B) balanced reciprocity C) negative reciprocity D) redistribution E) None of these answers is correct.

67)

Which of the following statements about potlatching is NOT true?

A) Potlatching is an example of competitive feasting.

B) Potlatching was misinterpreted as a classic case of economically wasteful behavior.

C) Potlatching is a form of exchange that has long-term adaptive value.

D) Potlatching is a case that proves that the profit-maximizing motive is a human universal.

E) Potlatching is well documented among Native American communities of the North Pacific Coast of North America.

68) This chapter's "Focus on Globalization" section discusses economic globalization. Which of the following is an outcome of our twenty-first century global economy?

A) Modern-day transnational finance has shifted economic control of local life to outsiders.

B) Economic functions are now locally controlled.

C) Foreigners now finance only a small percentage of the U.S. national debt.

D) American companies are withdrawing from foreign markets.

E) With increasing globalization, there is increased face-to-face contact in economic transactions.

69) The most important reason for similarities between two unrelated societies is their possession of

Version 1

15

A) unique cultural features.

B) a similar adaptive strategy.

C) a similar ecosystem.

D) similar religious traits.

E) similar philosophical viewpoints.

70) Yehudi Cohen's typology of societies included foraging, horticulture, agriculture, pastoralism, and A) modernism.

B) postmodernism.

C) nationalism.

D) industrialism.

E) intensive consumerism.

71)

Until 12,000 years ago, people everywhere were A) foragers.

B) horticulturalists.

C) postmodernists.

D) agriculturalists.

E) fishers.

72)

Another name for foragers is A) swidden farmers.

B) pastoralists.

C) hunter-gatherers.

D) intensive hunters.

E) gatherers.

73) Animal domestication of sheep and goats and plant cultivation of wheat and barley began ________ years ago in the Middle East.

Version 1

16

A) 4,000–6,000 B) 7,000–9,000 C) 10,000–12,000 D) 13,000–15,000 E) 16,000–18,000

74) A ________ is a basic social unit among foragers, with fewer than 100 people that may split up seasonally.

A) tribe B) band C) chiefdom D) state E) nomad group

75) Which of the following terms is defined as an association in which when one variable changes, another changes as well?

A) associated means B) change variable C) coordination D) correlation E) coefficient

76)

What is a typical feature of the foraging lifestyle?

A) sedentarism B) mobility C) warfare D) tribal dispute E) extensive trade networks

77)

All of the following are associated with agriculture EXCEPT

Version 1

17

A) shifting cultivation.

B) the use of domesticated animals.

C) irrigation.

D) terracing.

E) intense labor demands.

78)

One of the few status distinctions maintained by foragers is based on A) status.

B) skill.

C) age.

D) religion.

E) environment.

79) The three adaptive strategies based on food production in nonindustrial societies are horticulture, agriculture, and A) industrialism.

B) pastoralism.

C) foraging.

D) gathering.

E) slash-and-burn agriculture.

80)

Nonindustrial shifting plant cultivation with fallowing is called A) floriculture.

B) sericulture.

C) monoculture.

D) horticulture.

E) agriculture.

81)

Shifting cultivation is another name for

Version 1

18

A) agriculture.

B) horticulture.

C) cultural maintenance.

D) irrigation.

E) terracing.

82)

Cultivation using land and labor continuously and intensively defines the term A) horticulture.

B) monoculture.

C) pastoralism.

D) agriculture.

E) consumerism.

83)

Many agriculturalists use ________ for transport, cultivation, and manure.

A) humans B) animals C) plows D) machines E) harrows

84)

In the ________, horticultural systems stand at one end and agriculturalists at the other.

A) World Subsistence Scale (WSS) B) agricultural means–ends system C) reciprocity triangle D) world systems theory E) cultivation continuum

85)

Which term is defined as herders of domesticated animals?

Version 1

19

A) farmers B) pastoralists C) agriculturalists D) peasants E) horticulturalists

86)

Which term refers to the annual movement of entire pastoral groups with herds?

A) swidden B) pastoralism C) transhumance D) humanism E) nomadism

87) Which term refers to a system in which only part of a pastoral population moves seasonally with herds?

A) swidden B) pastoralism C) transhumance D) humanism E) nomadism

88)

What can national governments do to give foraging societies the best chance of survival?

A) clear healthy forests to make room for herding and agriculture B) give the foraging society access to modern products and food C) limit the intrusion of nonforagers into their territory D) force assimilation into the state society E) allow access to their traditional natural resources

89)

Today, all foragers live in

Version 1

20

A) Australia.

B) nation-states.

C) Canada.

D) islands off the Indian coast.

E) Africa.

90) Which of the following refers to a system of resource production, distribution, and consumption?

A) economy B) mode of production C) means (or factors) of production D) economizing E) transhumance

91)

Which of the following refers to a specific set of social relations that organizes labor?

A) economy B) mode of production C) factor of production D) economizing E) transhumance

92) Which of the following refers to a society's major productive resources, such as land, labor, technology, and capital?

A) economy B) mode of production C) means (or factors) of production D) economizing E) transhumants

93)

Which term refers to a small-scale farmer with rent fund obligations?

Version 1

21

A) peasant B) refugee C) migrant D) worker E) proletarian

94)

Which of the following refers to the allocation of scarce means among alternative ends?

A) economy B) mode of production C) means (or factors) of production D) economizing E) transhumance

95)

Which term refers to buying, selling, and valuation based on supply and demand?

A) market principle B) reciprocity C) potlatch D) redistribution E) hyperfunding

96) out?

Which term refers to the flow of goods from the local level into the center, and then back

A) market principle B) reciprocity C) potlatch D) redistribution E) hyperfunding

97)

Which term refers to the principle governing exchanges among social equals?

Version 1

22

A) market principle B) reciprocity C) potlatch D) redistribution E) hyperfunding

98)

Which term is defined as exchanges among closely related individuals?

A) barter system B) generalized reciprocity C) balanced reciprocity D) negative reciprocity E) mutual exchange

99)

Redistribution seems to be the most characteristic of A) bands.

B) tribes.

C) chiefdoms.

D) states.

E) postmodern cultures.

100)

Potentially hostile exchanges among strangers defines the term A) aggravated reciprocity.

B) generalized reciprocity.

C) balanced reciprocity.

D) negative reciprocity.

E) unfavorable reciprocity.

101) Which of the following is the midpoint on the reciprocity continuum, between generalized reciprocity and negative reciprocity?

Version 1

23

A) equilibrium reciprocity B) generalized reciprocity C) balanced reciprocity D) negative reciprocity E) continuous reciprocity

102) The case of the 19th-century horse thievery by North American Plains Indians is an example of A) a barter system.

B) generalized reciprocity.

C) balanced reciprocity.

D) negative reciprocity.

E) a mutual exchange.

103) Which term refers to a competitive feast that occurs on the North Pacific Coast of North America?

A) market principle B) reciprocity C) potlatch D) redistribution E) hyperfunding

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

104) Describe the basis of foraging. Discuss how foraging works as a form of subsistence and detail some characteristics of foragers.

105) Describe the basis of horticulture. Discuss how horticulture works as a form of subsistence and detail some characteristics of horticulturists.

Version 1

24

106) Describe the basis of agriculture. Discuss how agriculture works as a form of subsistence and detail some characteristics of agriculturists.

107) Describe the basis of pastoralism. Discuss how pastoralism works as a form of subsistence and detail some characteristics of pastoralists.

108) Discuss the geographic distribution of foragers. Describe one specific group in your response.

109) Discuss what is meant by alienation in industrial economies. Examine its causes and present a possible solution.

110) Review the section "Scarcity and the Betsileo" and write a short response in which you discuss the specific contexts of scarcity. Be sure to focus on the concept of scarcity before and after the era of globalization.

Version 1

25

111) Review the section "Our Global Economy" and write a short response in which you discuss one specific consequence of the global economy.

112) Discuss what potlatch is. Provide an overview of how potlatch works and how it functions in culture.

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

113) List the first four of Cohen's adaptive strategies and summarize the key features of each.

What are the correlated variables for each strategy?

114) We should not view contemporary foragers as isolated or pristine survivors of the Stone Age. Why? What is the evidence to suggest this view?

115) Imagine a foraging society that operates largely according to principles of generalized reciprocity, just prior to being colonized. Now defend the following statement: "Capitalism is not just an economic system; it is also a cultural system."

Version 1

26

116) What are the basic differences and similarities between horticultural and foraging populations? Indicate reasons for the contrasts.

117) Is the contrast between horticulture and agriculture one of degree, or are they entirely separate practices? What is the difference between these two types of cultivation? Cite ethnographic evidence in your answer.

118) Anthropologists often say that in nonindustrial societies, economic relationships are embedded in social relationships. What does this mean?

119) How does economic anthropology differ from classical economics? In what ways can economic anthropology serve as a safeguard against ethnocentrism?

Version 1

27

120) Do people in all societies maximize material benefits? If not, what other things could be maximized to help explain their motives in everyday life? Do anthropologists believe that the profit maximization motive is a universal? What do you think? Explain your answer.

121) How is a rent fund different from a subsistence fund? Cite examples to clarify your argument.

122) What is industrial alienation? What kinds of activities are most likely to be associated with alienation? Which activities in our own society are most alienating? Which are least so?

123) Write an essay that details two of the following adaptive strategies: foraging, horticulture, agriculture, and pastoralism. For each of the general adaptive strategies, detail how the form works as a type of subsistence and some general social or lifestyle characteristics that are common to the people of that form.

Version 1

28

124)

Write an essay that discusses four correlates of foraging. Use examples in your essay.

125) Write an essay that details the three types of reciprocity. For each type, provide an example of how each form of reciprocity works in society.

Version 1

29

Answer Key Test name: Chap 07_19e_Kottak 1) FALSE 2) TRUE 3) TRUE 4) FALSE 5) TRUE 6) FALSE 7) TRUE 8) FALSE 9) TRUE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE 13) FALSE 14) TRUE 15) FALSE 16) FALSE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) TRUE 20) TRUE 21) TRUE 22) TRUE 23) FALSE 24) FALSE 25) TRUE 26) TRUE Version 1

30

27) FALSE 28) TRUE 29) FALSE 30) FALSE 31) FALSE 32) TRUE 33) FALSE 34) TRUE 35) D 36) E 37) D 38) B 39) D 40) D 41) C 42) C 43) E 44) D 45) D 46) E 47) B 48) D 49) B 50) C 51) D 52) C 53) B 54) C 55) E 56) D Version 1

31

57) C 58) A 59) D 60) D 61) E 62) C 63) B 64) E 65) B 66) A 67) D 68) A 69) B 70) D 71) A 72) C 73) C 74) B 75) D 76) B 77) A 78) C 79) B 80) D 81) B 82) D 83) B 84) E 85) B 86) E Version 1

32

87) C 88) E 89) B 90) A 91) B 92) C 93) A 94) D 95) A 96) D 97) B 98) B 99) C 100) D 101) C 102) D 103) C

Version 1

33

CHAPTER 8 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) The anthropological approach to the study of political systems and organization is global and comparative and includes nonstates as well as the states and nation-states usually studied by political scientists. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2)

Elman Service offered a classic definition of "political organization." ⊚ true ⊚ false

3)

The ability to exercise one's will over others is called authority. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4)

The sociopolitical organization of foragers tends to be bands. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5) Favored access to resources by superordinates over subordinates is called differential access. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6)

A food-producing society with a rudimentary political structure is a band. ⊚ true ⊚ false

7)

Status in chiefdoms and tribes is based primarily on differential access to resources. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

1

8) In bands, the leader occupies an official office with coercive control over the members of the community. ⊚ true ⊚ false

9)

Since bands lack formalized law, they have no way of settling disputes. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10) In tribal societies, the village head leads by example and through persuasion; he lacks the ability to force people to do things. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11) Most band and tribal societies in the world today are completely cut off from the rest of the world. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12) The key difference between a village head and a big man is that the big man has supporters in many villages, whereas the supporters of the village head are restricted to his respective village. ⊚ true ⊚ false

13) Pantribal sodalities function to integrate the community by providing a series of important nonkin relationships. ⊚ true ⊚ false

14) Age grades represent stages in one's life with specific tasks, obligations, and duties for the individuals in a given grade.

Version 1

2

⊚ ⊚

true false

15) The Qashqai and Basseri peoples are examples of nomadic foragers who live in modernday Iran. ⊚ true ⊚ false

16)

Foragers lacked formal law in the sense of a legal code with trial and enforcement. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17)

Means of settling disputes refers to conflict resolution. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18)

A generous tribal entrepreneur with multivillage support is called a big man. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19)

The Kapauku Papuans provided an example of the big man. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20)

Non–based groups with regional political significance are known as states. ⊚ true ⊚ false

21)

A local tribal leader with limited authority is called a chief. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

3

22)

In chiefdoms, chiefs occupy formal offices and administer or regulate a series of villages. ⊚ true ⊚ false

23) In chiefdoms, individuals are ranked according to seniority, but everyone is believed to be descended from a common set of ancestors. ⊚ true ⊚ false

24) Stratum endogamy is restricted to chiefdoms, wherein chiefs occupied a formal elite stratum in society. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25) With the rise of states, kinship's role in society continued to grow and dominate daily activities. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26)

All of a person's material assets and their basis of economic status is known as office. ⊚ true ⊚ false

27)

Prestige refers to esteem, respect, or approval. ⊚ true ⊚ false

28)

The lower, underprivileged group in a stratified society is called subordinate. ⊚ true ⊚ false

29) States are complex systems of sociopolitical organization that aim to control and administer everything from conflict resolution to fiscal systems to population movements.

Version 1

4

⊚ ⊚

true false

30)

A fiscal system includes the judges, laws, and courts that resolve conflicts. ⊚ true ⊚ false

31)

Population control in states refers to the police and military. ⊚ true ⊚ false

32)

The elites of archaic states restricted access to sumptuary goods. ⊚ true ⊚ false

33) Taxation or other fiscal support for government apparatus and agents are known as fiscal mechanisms. ⊚ true ⊚ false

34) In the Igbo women's war, women used song, dance, noise, and "in-your-face" behavior to attempt to subvert formal authority, but women did not gain any greater influence. ⊚ true ⊚ false

35) According to Pierre Bourdieu and Michel Foucault, it is easier and more effective to dominate people in their minds than to try to control their bodies. ⊚ true ⊚ false

36) The efficacy of social control depends on how clearly people envision the sanctions that an antisocial act might trigger.

Version 1

5

⊚ ⊚

true false

37) Social controls refer to the fields of the social system—beliefs, practices, and institutions—that are most actively involved in the maintenance of norms and the regulation of conflict. ⊚ true ⊚ false

38) In hegemony, there is a social order in which subordinates accept hierarchy as "unnatural." ⊚ true ⊚ false

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

39) Kottak prefers the term socio-political organization to Morton Fried's term political organization in discussing the regulation or management of interrelations among groups and their representatives. This is because A) the termsocio-political is more politically correct.

B) anthropologists and political scientists have an interest in political systems and organization, but they cannot agree on the same terminology.

C) socio-political is the term the founders of anthropology used to refer to the regulation or management of interrelations among groups and their representatives.

D) the termpolitical refers only to contemporary Western states.

E) Fried's definition is much less applicable to nonstates, in which it is often difficult to detect any public policy.

40) What is one difference in how anthropologists have traditionally differed from political scientists in their approach to "the political"?

Version 1

6

A) Political scientists have exclusively focused on systems of power.

B) Political scientists have focused on nonstates, in a global and comparative sense.

C) Anthropologists have been reluctant to study hegemony.

D) Anthropologists have focused on nonstates, in a global and comparative sense.

E) Anthropologists have avoided studies of American political systems.

41)

What is one problem with Morton Fried's definition of political organization?

A) It does not apply to anthropology since anthropology is less concerned with politics.

B) It is offensive to some elected officials.

C) It suggests that politics is no longer applicable to the study of society.

D) It focuses too exclusively on nonstates.

E) It is less applicable to nonstates.

42) In contrast with Morton Fried's definition of political organization, Conrad Kottak suggests the term A) tribal sodality.

B) nonstate association.

C) sociopolitical organization.

D) pantribal association.

E) anthropological organization.

43)

The ability to exercise one's will over others is called A) authority.

B) power.

C) society.

D) hegemony.

E) social stratification.

Version 1

7

44) Despite the analytical usefulness of learning about anthropologist Elman Service's typology of political organization into bands, tribes, chiefdoms, and states, it is important to remember that A) Bronislaw Malinowski first came up with this typology.

B) it applies only to the reality of societies in the so-called Third World.

C) none of these political entities, or polities, can be studied as a self-contained form of political organization, because all exist within nation-states.

D) it has no practical value in ethnographic research, only in theoretical anthropology.

E) people all over the world vocally reject being classified under such a typology and typically express their anger through hidden transcripts.

45) The status systems of chiefdoms and states are similar in that both are based on differential access to resources. Nevertheless, a key distinction is that A) status is much more important to leaders in chiefdoms than in states.

B) differential access in chiefdoms is still very much tied to kinship.

C) stratum endogamy exists in chiefdoms but not in state status systems.

D) in chiefdoms, women are always excluded from the competition for status, whereas in states, this gender difference does not exist.

E) the status system of chiefdoms can sometimes function in a completely egalitarian manner when the populations are small enough.

46)

The typology of band, tribe, chiefdom, and state is associated with A) Victor Turner.

B) Franz Boas.

C) Morton Fried.

D) Conrad Kottak.

E) Elman Service.

47)

Which term refers to the basic (kin-based) unit of social organization among foragers?

Version 1

8

A) band B) tribe C) chiefdom D) state E) polity

48)

Which term refers to a food-producing society with a rudimentary political structure?

A) band B) tribe C) chiefdom D) state E) polity

49) A ________ is a form of sociopolitical organization based on a formal government structure and socioeconomic stratification.

A) band B) tribe C) chiefdom D) state E) polity

50) Identify the term that refers to a form of sociopolitical organization that is intermediate between the tribe and the state.

A) band B) society C) chiefdom D) state E) nation

51)

Which term refers to favored access to resources by superordinates over subordinates?

Version 1

9

A) differential access B) authorial access C) legal access D) social control E) power

52) Foraging economies are usually associated with which type of sociopolitical organization?

A) band B) tribe C) state D) chiefdom E) nation

53) Modern foragers are not Stone Age relics, living fossils, lost tribes, or noble savages.

Still, to the extent that foraging has been the basis of their subsistence, contemporary and recent hunter-gatherers A) are the closest we can come to studying true human nature.

B) illustrate links between foraging economies and the emergence of social stratification.

C) suggest that the most basic motive driving human survival is the need for power.

D) can illustrate links between foraging economies and other aspects of society and culture, such as their sociopolitical organization.

E) illustrate the social precursors to hegemony.

54)

Which of the following was NOT used by traditional Inuit to handle disputes?

A) blood feuds B) song contests C) killing of the offender D) courts of law E) kin ties

Version 1

10

55)

The Inuit song battle is A) sometimes the occasion for a "treacherous feast."

B) a widespread feature of tribal society.

C) a ritualized means of designating hunting lands.

D) a means of resolving disputes in order to forestall open conflict.

E) used to initiate colonial strategies.

56)

Which of the following statements about political leaders in foraging bands is true?

A) They maintain power by nurturing strong ties with the commoner class.

B) They have inherited special access to strategic resources.

C) They maintain control by conquering foreign territories.

D) They have no means of forcing people to follow their decisions.

E) They are the most dominant males in the largest, most powerful descent group.

57) Tribal societies, which are typically organized by village life or membership in descent groups, tend to be egalitarian. However, egalitarianism diminishes A) as tribal leaders gain too much power and start to put it to use to buy favors.

B) as village size and population density increase.

C) as the village head's family grows.

D) the closer one is to the big man's wife.

E) as the overall population ages.

58) As an example of how virtually no one is immune from larger political and economic forces, the Yanomami tribal society of Brazil has suffered recent changes as a result of A) being overrun by the more expansion-minded Nilotic peoples.

B) modern-minded big men amassing so much wealth that people have begun to regard them as chiefs.

C) village raiding among tribal groups.

D) the involvement of NGOs in their internal political affairs.

E) encroachment by gold miners and ranchers.

Version 1

11

59) The Yanomami of Venezuela and Brazil have descent groups, which span more than one village and are A) matrilineal and primarily dependent on foraging.

B) typically led by a female leader.

C) without gender stratification.

D) purely horticultural.

E) patrilineal and exogamous in nature.

60)

In the context of tribal societies, what is a "big man"?

A) someone who holds a permanent political office B) a hereditary ruler C) a person who creates his reputation through entrepreneurship and generosity to others D) a leader who avoids excessive displays of generosity E) a leader who has tremendous power because he is regarded as divine

61)

How does a big man increase his status?

A) Big men are village heads who are trying to turn their achieved status into something more permanent; the standard way of doing this is through conspicuous symbolic displays of wealth.

B) The termbig man refers to the liminal state a Kapauku youth enters before marriage; he accumulates wealth as a way of funding the wedding and paying the bride price.

C) Big men are typically war leaders, and as such must have a standing supply of "grievance gifts" to compensate the families of warriors who die under their command.

D) The primary means of becoming a big man is the wearing of atonowi shell necklace, which is imported from the coast and is therefore quite expensive by Kapauku standards.

E) Big men do not keep the wealth they accumulate; instead, they redistribute it to create and maintain alliances with political supporters.

62)

A big man's position depends on all of the following EXCEPT

Version 1

12

A) hard work.

B) inherited inequality.

C) generosity.

D) eloquence.

E) creation of wealth superior to that of others.

63)

What is an age set?

A) all members of a village council B) a pantribal sodality that represents a certain level of achievement in the society, much like the stages of an undergraduate's progress through college C) all men and women related by virtue of patrilineal descent from a human apical ancestor D) all men and women related by virtue of matrilineal descent from a nonhuman apical ancestor E) a group uniting men born during a certain span of time in some pastoral African societies

64) A comparison between the Basseri and Qashqai, two Iranian nomadic tribes, illustrates how as regulatory problems increase, A) pastoralists are less likely to interact with other populations in the same space and time.

B) rules regarding crime and punishment become more severe.

C) political hierarchies become more complex.

D) age sets begin to disintegrate.

E) silence becomes the best strategy for avoiding conflict.

65)

One of the differences between foragers of the past and those of the present is that

Version 1

13

A) today, foragers tend to live outside nation-states.

B) in the past, foragers were more reliant on governments for their livelihood.

C) today, foragers are unaffected by economic forces, including globalization.

D) in the past, foragers exercised less power among their members.

E) today, all foragers trade with food producers.

66)

Which of the following is the most accurate view of contemporary foragers?

A) groups that participate in the modern world system B) primitive groups resistant and unable to change C) isolated survivors of the Stone Age D) groups that avoid outsiders for their consumption needs E) small bands that live in nonstates

67) Which term refers to the legal code of a state-organized society, including trial and enforcement?

A) ideology B) conflict resolution C) power D) authority E) law

68)

The study of the Inuit provided a useful case for the analysis of A) hegemony.

B) power.

C) ecology.

D) conflict resolution.

E) technology.

69)

Which term is defined as the means of settling disputes?

Version 1

14

A) ideology B) conflict resolution C) power D) authority E) law

70)

Which term is defined as a local tribal leader with limited authority?

A) village head B) chief C) tribal leader D) tribal elder E) big man

71)

Which term is defined as a generous tribal entrepreneur with multivillage support?

A) village head B) chief C) tribal leader D) tribal elder E) big man

72)

The case of the Yanomami focused on the role of the A) village head.

B) chief.

C) tribal leader.

D) tribal elder.

E) big man.

73)

The case of the Kapauku focused on the role of the

Version 1

15

A) village head.

B) chief.

C) tribal leader.

D) tribal elder.

E) big man.

74)

Among the Kapauku Papuans, Tonowi is another name for a A) village head.

B) chief.

C) tribal leader.

D) tribal elder.

E) big man.

75)

Which term is defined as non–kin-based groups with regional political significance?

A) chiefdoms B) pantribal sodalities C) solidarity orders D) kin sodalities E) polities

76) from

The best examples of non–kin-based groups with regional political significance come

A) Ecuador.

B) southern Venezuela and Brazil.

C) the Central Plains of North America and from tropical Africa.

D) the Melanesian Islands and Papua New Guinea.

E) the Arctic regions.

Version 1

16

77) In which of the following forms of political organization is it most likely that the most important leaders will acquire their positions based upon personal background or ability, rather than heredity?

A) tribal societies B) feudal states C) imagined communities D) chiefdoms E) agrarian, preindustrial states

78) Why is it important to remember that the chiefdom and the state, like many categories used by social scientists, are ideal types?

A) They distinguish political and sociopolitical analyses among social scientists.

B) They are unusable in sociopolitical analysis.

C) They represent social goals that politicians should strive to achieve.

D) They are labels that make social contrasts seem sharper than they really are.

E) They ensure that the field of anthropology remains more scientific.

79) In the context of the megalithic cultures of Europe created by chiefdoms, including the one that built Stonehenge, Kottak reminds us that A) chiefdoms were abolished after the fall of Rome in the fifth century C.E. B) chiefdoms and states can fall as well as rise.

C) all chiefdoms end up becoming states.

D) all powerful chiefdoms were built during the Roman expansion.

E) chiefdoms have been among the rarest forms of social organization throughout human history.

80) Which of the following kinds of societies is most likely to have stratum endogamy (marriage within one's own group)?

Version 1

17

A) band B) state C) chiefdom D) society with segmentary lineage organization E) tribe

81)

How do chiefdoms differ from states?

A) Chiefdoms are based on differential access.

B) Chiefdoms lack socioeconomic stratification and stratum endogamy.

C) Chiefdoms lack ascribed statuses.

D) Chiefdoms have permanent political regulation.

E) Chiefdoms have full-time religious specialists.

82) The presence and acceptance of which of the following is one of the key distinguishing features of a state?

A) gender differences in terms of access to resources B) generosity, even at the fiscal level C) rapport between the elites and commoners D) stratification E) the authority of charismatic leaders

83) The influential sociologist Max Weber defined which three related dimensions of social stratification?

A) wealth, power, and prestige B) cultural capital, power, and population control C) superordinate, ordinate, and subordinate strata D) judiciary, enforcement, and fiscal levels E) selfishness, greed, and ignorance

84)

According to Max Weber, prestige is the basis of

Version 1

18

A) economic status.

B) political status.

C) social status.

D) power.

E) political capital.

85) Which of the following is the most important factor in determining an individual's power and prestige in a state?

A) personality B) ancestry C) speaking ability D) anthropomorphism E) physical size

86)

Which of the following is NOT typical of state-level societies?

A) a purely foraging-based subsistence strategy B) class stratification C) boundary maintenance systems D) intensive, managed agriculture E) a specialized decision-making system

87)

According to Max Weber, power is the basis of A) social respect.

B) social status.

C) political status.

D) economic status.

E) material assets.

88)

A permanent political position is known as a(n)

Version 1

19

A) office.

B) link.

C) polity.

D) sodality.

E) solidarity.

89)

The issue of chiefly redistribution is related to which type of political organization?

A) band B) tribe C) chiefdom D) state E) polity

90)

Before Rome's expansion, much of Europe was organized at the ________ level.

A) band B) tribe C) chiefdom D) state E) polity

91)

In chiefdoms, social status was based on A) seniority of descent.

B) age.

C) gender.

D) religion.

E) ideology.

92)

All a person's material assets—the basis of economic status—is called

Version 1

20

A) prestige.

B) fiscal mechanisms.

C) power.

D) wealth.

E) hegemony.

93)

Which term refers to esteem, respect, or approval?

A) prestige B) fiscal mechanism C) social control D) wealth E) hegemony

94)

Which term refers to the upper, privileged group in a stratified society?

A) superordinate B) subordinate C) social hierarchy D) lower elite E) upper elite

95)

Which term refers to the lower, underprivileged group in a stratified society?

A) superordinate B) subordinate C) social hierarchy D) lower elite E) upper elite

96)

All of the following are subsystems that are found in all states, EXCEPT

Version 1

21

A) seniority of descent.

B) population control.

C) judiciary.

D) enforcement.

E) fiscal support.

97)

Taxation or other financial support for government apparatus and agents defines the term A) economic assistance.

B) fiscal support.

C) social control.

D) wealth aid.

E) hegemonic support.

98) In the southern United States before the Civil War, gatherings of five or more slaves were forbidden unless a white person was present, because A) resistance was most likely to be expressed openly when black slaves were provoked by the presence of white persons.

B) resistance was most likely to be expressed openly when people were allowed to assemble.

C) white persons were curious about the use of the story of Moses that was popular among slaves at the time.

D) some whites were eager to join the black slaves in their plans, some successful, in establishing free communities in isolated areas.

E) these whites were actually covert anthropologists eager to study social relations during these politically difficult times.

99) Which of the following statements is true according to Pierre Bourdieu and Michel Foucault?

Version 1

22

A) It is easier and more effective to dominate people in their minds than to try to control their bodies.

B) If state institutions such as prisons and schools are able to control people's bodies, their minds will follow.

C) Anthropologists have no business studying the process of how the dominant ideology becomes internalized, since this is the job of psychologists and political scientists.

D) Overt violence is critical in order for a state to succeed in dominating its population.

E) Anatomically modern humans have a long way to go in the process of evolution, since they are so easily tricked into believing that forms of state control are both natural and good.

100) In the anthropological study of political systems, social control maintains social norms (cultural standards) and regulates conflict. Which of the following is NOT a form of social control?

A) hegemony B) shame C) making subordinates believe they will eventually gain power D) exogamy E) gossip

101)

What is hegemony?

A) overt sociopolitical strategies used to control people B) use of social controls that induce guilt and shame in the population C) the critique of power by the oppressed that goes on offstage, in private, where the power holders cannot see it D) a stratified social order in which subordinates comply with domination by internalizing their rulers' values and accepting the "naturalness" of domination E) open, public interactions between dominators and the oppressed—the outer shell of power relations

102)

Maintaining social norms and regulating conflict defines the term

Version 1

23

A) prestige management.

B) fiscal support.

C) social control.

D) wealth influence.

E) hegemonic influence.

103) Which term is defined as a stratified social order in which subordinates accept hierarchy as "natural"?

A) prestige B) fiscal sovereignty C) social control D) supremacy E) hegemony

104) In an ethnographic field study of political systems in northern Mozambique, Nicholas Kottak found that avoiding shame can be an effective control against breaking social norms. This example of how shame can be a powerful social sanction A) is unique among ethnographic cases illustrating the variety of sociopolitical systems that exist in the world today.

B) is often a key component of the formal processes of social control.

C) is evidence that shame is a cultural universal.

D) is an indication that women tend to suffer from the consequences of shame more than men do.

E) joins the work of many other anthropologists that cite the importance of informal processes of social control, including gossip and stigma.

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

105) Write a short essay in which you discuss the ways in which anthropologists have responded to the concept of "political organization." What is the purpose of this concept and what alternate ways of conceiving of political organization have been expressed?

Version 1

24

106) Name and describe Elman Service's four types of political organization, as well as the particular adaptive strategy or economic system associated with each.

107) What misconceptions do people have regarding contemporary foragers? Describe a more accurate view.

108) Discuss the differences between the village head and the big man. Provide an ethnographic example of each that illustrates how each functions in society.

109) Write a short essay that defines what pantribal sodalities are and discusses how they function in society using an ethnographic example.

110)

Briefly discuss Max Weber's three dimensions of stratification.

Version 1

25

111) Discuss the role that fiscal support plays in societies. Compare and contrast state and nonstate societies.

112) Discuss the issues of hegemony and resistance. What is the relevance of these concepts in terms of understanding power and state society?

113)

Define social control and discuss two forms of it that were described in the chapter.

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

114) How does Morton Fried define political organization? Why does Kottak prefer to use the term sociopolitical organization in discussing the regulation or management of interrelations among groups and their representatives?

115) What are the major results and implications of food production? How does reliance on food production affect the social, economic, and political organization of societies that practice it?

Version 1

26

116) Write an essay that profiles the band, tribe, chiefdom, and state. Discuss the nature of each of these forms and provide at least two specific details for each that expresses how political order and power is connected to each form of the typology.

117) Modern hunter-gatherers should not be seen as representative of Stone Age peoples, all of whom were also foragers. Why?

118)

Discuss ways in which order is maintained in societies that lack chiefs and rulers.

119) Contrast two of the following as political regulators: (A) sodalities based on age and gender; (B) village headmen; (C) village councils; (D) big men; and (E) pantribal sodalities.

Version 1

27

120) Contrast the Inuit and Yanomami with respect to their reasons for disputes, the effectiveness of their means of resolving disputes, and how they enforce decisions about resolving disputes.

121) What factors are responsible for the variable development of political regulation and authority structures among pastoralists?

122) How does one distinguish between a chiefdom and a state? Is this a useful distinction? Is it always easy to make such a distinction?

123) This chapter describes various ways in which dominant members of society exert control over a population by resorting to indirect or even covert means. What are some examples of this?

What concepts have some come up with to understand the social dynamics that arise from these situations? Can you think of some contemporary examples of the use of these means of control?

Version 1

28

124) This chapter's description of the Makua of northern Mozambique illustrates the combination of newer and more traditional characteristics of the Makua's formal political system.

Give three examples of how the formal and traditional systems mix. Would the duality of the Makua system have been revealed had the analysis of this community focused only on the formal aspects of social control?

125) What are the differences between shame and guilt? Why is it important for anthropologists interested in understanding socio-political organization to pay attention to people's concerns with shame or guilt in the communities they study?

126) Write an essay that discusses three of the cases of social control considered in the chapter. Choose from hegemony and resistance, weapons of the weak, shame and gossip, and the Igbo women's war. Detail the expressions of social control in each case and focus on how power, authority, and resistance function.

Version 1

29

Answer Key Test name: Chap 08_19e_Kottak 1) TRUE 2) FALSE 3) FALSE 4) TRUE 5) TRUE 6) FALSE 7) FALSE 8) FALSE 9) FALSE 10) TRUE 11) FALSE 12) TRUE 13) TRUE 14) TRUE 15) FALSE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) TRUE 20) FALSE 21) FALSE 22) TRUE 23) TRUE 24) FALSE 25) FALSE 26) FALSE Version 1

30

27) TRUE 28) TRUE 29) TRUE 30) FALSE 31) FALSE 32) TRUE 33) TRUE 34) FALSE 35) TRUE 36) TRUE 37) TRUE 38) FALSE 39) E 40) D 41) E 42) C 43) B 44) C 45) B 46) E 47) A 48) B 49) D 50) C 51) A 52) A 53) D 54) D 55) D 56) D Version 1

31

57) B 58) E 59) E 60) C 61) E 62) B 63) E 64) C 65) E 66) A 67) E 68) D 69) B 70) A 71) E 72) A 73) E 74) E 75) B 76) C 77) A 78) D 79) B 80) B 81) B 82) D 83) A 84) C 85) B 86) A Version 1

32

87) C 88) A 89) C 90) C 91) A 92) D 93) A 94) A 95) B 96) A 97) B 98) B 99) A 100) D 101) D 102) C 103) E 104) E

Version 1

33

CHAPTER 9 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) The specific roles assigned to each gender vary from culture to culture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2)

Gender roles are the instinctual behaviors that are the exclusive domain of each sex. ⊚ true ⊚ false

3) In stateless societies, gender stratification is less obvious with regard to prestige than it is with regard to wealth. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4)

The tasks and activities that a culture assigns by gender are called gender roles. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5)

Sexual dimorphism indicates that men and women are physically the same size. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6) Unequal distribution of socially valued resources between men and women is a definition of gender stereotyping. ⊚ true ⊚ false

7) Adding together men's and women's subsistence activities and domestic work, men tend to work more hours than women do. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

1

8) Cross-culturally, women's activities tend to be closer to home, while men are more likely to be active in the public domain. ⊚ true ⊚ false

9)

Economic roles influence gender stratification. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10) The relative gender equality found in horticultural societies most likely characterizes the most natural state of gender differentiation. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11)

Women in matrilineal societies tend to have high status. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12)

Gender stratification tends to be extremely pronounced in patrilineal–patrilocal societies. ⊚ true ⊚ false

13)

Polyandry (multiple husbands) is much more common than polygyny (multiple wives). ⊚ true ⊚ false

14) In foraging societies, gender stratification was most marked when men contributed much more to the diet than women did. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

2

15) Domestic violence against women is prevalent in patrilineal–patrilocal systems in which women are cut off from their supportive kin ties. ⊚ true ⊚ false

16)

Descent traced through women only is called matrilineal descent. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17)

A political system ruled by men is referred to as a patriarchy. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18) In certain areas of Papua New Guinea, some men follow a taboo that suggests that sexual contact with women will weaken or pollute them. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19) In the United States, attitudes regarding the role of women in the workplace have varied according to economic needs. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20) The reason there are more modern-day "Rosie the Riveters" is that modern industry is even more physically demanding than it was during World War II. ⊚ true ⊚ false

21) As of 2019, more than 40 percent of American mothers are the primary or sole source of income in their homes. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

3

22) The feminization of poverty refers to the increasing representation of women (and their children) among America's poorest people. ⊚ true ⊚ false

23)

The Feminine Mystique was written by Betty Friedan. ⊚ true ⊚ false

24) The average income of married-couple families is more than twice that of families maintained by a single woman. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25) "Transgender" and "XX intersex" are interchangeable terms referring to individuals with external genitals that are incompletely formed, ambiguous, or female. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26) "Pertaining to a group of biological conditions reflecting a discrepancy between external and internal genitals" is the definition of intersex. ⊚ true ⊚ false

27) Individuals whose gender identity contradicts their biological sex at birth and the gender identity assigned to them in infancy are known as transgender. ⊚ true ⊚ false

28)

Flexibility in sexual expression seems to be an aspect of our primate heritage. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

4

29)

Ritualized homosexuality was considered in the work of Gilbert Herdt. ⊚ true ⊚ false

30) In the case of the Etoro of Papua New Guinea, there was an absolute avoidance of homosexual intercourse. ⊚ true ⊚ false

31) Both masturbation and same-sex sexual activity exist among chimpanzees and other primates. ⊚ true ⊚ false

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

32) With the term sex, anthropologists are referring to biological differences. In contrast, they define gender as A) the cultural construction of whether one is female, male, or something else.

B) a political system ruled by men that defines the identity of women.

C) the tasks and activities that a culture assigns to each sex.

D) the marked differences in male and female biology, which vary across cultures.

E) one's biological identity.

33)

The tasks and activities that a culture assigns to each sex are known as A) gender stereotypes.

B) the prestige coefficient.

C) sexually ascribed statuses.

D) gender roles.

E) sex roles.

34)

Both men and women

Version 1

5

A) act the same in terms of their cultural training, stereotypes, and expectations of gender.

B) are unaffected by gender in most cultures.

C) are constrained by their cultural training, stereotypes, and expectations of gender.

D) are unaffected by gender in the United States.

E) are completely aware of the forces of gender in their own lives.

35)

The predominant anthropological position on sex–gender roles and biology is that

A) the basis of gender is biology.

B) the biological nature of men and women should be seen as a broad base upon which a variety of structures can be built.

C) gender roles are consistent across cultures.

D) there is universal agreement about the ways in which gender is constructed in a culture.

E) cultures are not sites in which gender plays a prominent role.

36) Which term refers to marked differences in male and female besides the contrasts in breasts and genitalia?

A) biological sex B) sexual dimorphism C) transgenderism D) sexual tradition E) sexual tendency

37) Which term refers to oversimplified, strongly held views about the characteristics of males and females?

A) gender stereotypes B) gender roles C) gender strata D) gender hegemonies E) gender identities

Version 1

6

38) Which term refers to an unequal distribution of rewards (socially valued resources, power, prestige, human rights, and personal freedom) between men and women, reflecting their different positions in a social hierarchy?

A) gender stereotyping B) gender determinism C) gender stratification D) gender hegemony E) gender assignment

39)

Gender refers to the ________ of whether one is female, male, or something else.

A) cultural construction B) biological fact C) genetic construction D) social typology E) opinionated notion

40) ________ described gender differences related to the positive cultural value placed on adventure, travel, and knowledge of the external world.

A) Margaret Mead B) Gilbert Herdt C) Michelle Rosaldo D) Betty Friedan E) Ann Stoler

41) In stateless societies, gender stratification is often more obvious with regard to ________ than it is with regard to wealth.

Version 1

7

A) possessions B) ideology C) age D) prestige E) power

42)

Which term refers to the tasks and activities that a culture assigns by gender?

A) gender stereotyping B) gender roles C) gender stratification D) gender hegemony E) gender identifying

43) Ethnographic evidence has revealed that traditionally, Pawnee women worked wood, and among the Hidatsa, women made boats. Cases such as these suggest that A) the division of labor by gender is a natural characteristic of human societies.

B) biology has nothing to do with gender roles.

C) anthropologists are overly optimistic about finding a society with perfect gender equality.

D) patterns of division of labor by gender are culturally general—not universal.

E) exceptions to cross-cultural generalization are actually the rule.

44)

This chapter's discussion on recurrent gender patterns stresses that

A) it is the role of industrialized nations to correct patterns that are immoral.

B) the United Nations should become more involved in reversing these patterns.

C) exceptions to cross-cultural generalizations may involve societies or individuals.

D) these patterns are universals rather than generalities.

E) these generalities are based on insufficient data, because the studies did not use randomized sampling.

Version 1

8

45) According to cross-cultural data about the division of labor from 185 societies worldwide, among the activities almost always assigned to men, some seem clearly related to A) genetic predispositions.

B) decisions based on planting, tending, and harvesting crops.

C) factors such as arduous and time-consuming physical labor.

D) ideology and religious beliefs.

E) the greater average size and strength of males.

46) According to cross-cultural data about the division of labor from 185 societies worldwide, certain tasks like working wood and making musical instruments are A) culturally arbitrary.

B) biologically based.

C) assigned to men only.

D) assigned to women only.

E) assigned to young men only.

47) In the study of cross-cultural data about the division of labor from 185 societies worldwide mentioned in this chapter, there is no mention of A) manual labor.

B) household work.

C) trade and market activity.

D) cooking.

E) fetching water.

48) According to cross-cultural data about the division of labor from 185 societies worldwide, ________ is generally a female activity.

A) making rope B) fetching water C) mining D) clearing land E) fishing

Version 1

9

49)

In most societies, ________ tend to be the main caregivers in terms of children.

A) men B) women C) young men D) adolescent women E) the elderly

50)

Cross-culturally, ________ are much more likely to have multiple mates.

A) men B) women C) young men D) adolescent women E) the elderly

51)

The domestic–public dichotomy refers to the separation of A) spheres of exchange.

B) secular and sacred domains.

C) the elite and the commoners.

D) the home and the outside world.

E) cooking and sleeping spaces in residential units.

52)

Among the Agta of the Philippines, women not only gather; they also A) are the primary hunters.

B) are the primary warrior class, except when pregnant or lactating.

C) cultivate small food plots inside village defenses.

D) hunt with dogs while carrying their babies.

E) are the tribal leaders.

Version 1

10

53) When compared to other kinds of societies, all the following are true about foragers EXCEPT that A) the domestic–public dichotomy is less developed.

B) hierarchy is least marked.

C) when gathering is prominent, gender status tends to be more equal.

D) sexual promiscuity is most common although routinely punished.

E) warfare is uncommon.

54)

Among horticulturalists with matrilineal descent and matrilocality,

A) women tend to have high status, but only within the domestic sphere.

B) gender and sex become indistinguishable.

C) female status tends to be high.

D) women rarely inherit any property and are therefore at a disadvantage in comparison to their brothers.

E) women leaders are only symbolic, because men tend to have the true decision-making power.

55) If a patriarchy is a political system ruled by men, what would a matriarchy be—a political system ruled by women? Anthropologist Peggy Reeves Sanday, who investigated these questions among the Minangkabau of West Sumatra, Indonesia, found that A) true matriarchies do not exist.

B) women in matriarchies see their male counterparts as being inferior.

C) women of newer generations are experimenting with new ideas of gender roles.

D) the Minangkabau matriarchy is not the equivalent of female rule because of their belief that decision making should be by consensus.

E) although Minangkabau women play a central role in their culture's social, economic, and ceremonial life, they are still regarded as having lower status than men.

56) Which of the following statements about groups with the patrilineal–patrilocal complex is FALSE?

Version 1

11

A) They are sometimes characterized by a view that females are dangerous and polluting.

B) Their land and prestige are passed through the females.

C) They have strongly developed private–public dichotomies.

D) They have their prestige goods under male control.

E) They often practice polygyny and have patterns of intervillage raiding.

57) Which of the following is true of societies exhibiting the patrilineal–patrilocal complex in highland Papua New Guinea?

A) Women remain the primary producers of subsistence crops.

B) Women govern the extra-domestic distribution of prestige items.

C) Women fear contacts, including sexual intercourse, with men.

D) Household productivity is decreased by polygyny, because a man must provide for more than one wife.

E) The population pressure on strategic resources is relaxed.

58)

In which type of society would you expect women's status to be highest?

A) pastoralists B) agriculturalists C) societies with great population pressure D) hunters and gatherers E) industrial states with high unemployment

59)

Recent cross-cultural studies of gender roles demonstrate that

Version 1

12

A) the gender roles of men and women are largely determined by their biological capabilities—relative strength, endurance, intelligence, and so on.

B) women are subservient in nearly all societies, because their subsistence activities contribute much less to the total diet than do those of men.

C) foraging, horticultural, pastoral, and industrial societies all have similar attitudes toward sex but different attitudes toward gender.

D) changes in the gender roles of men and women are usually associated with social decay and anarchy.

E) the relative status of women is variable, depending on such factors as the type of subsistence strategy employed, the importance of warfare, and the prevalence of a domestic– public dichotomy.

60)

Cross-culturally, the subsistence contributions of men and women are A) random.

B) unknown.

C) unequal.

D) roughly equal.

E) exactly equal.

61) In ________ societies, gender stratification was most marked when men contributed much more to the diet than women did.

A) consumer B) chiefdom-based C) Stone Age D) religious E) foraging

62)

Which term refers to descent traced through men only?

Version 1

13

A) patrilineal descent B) matrilineal descent C) domestic–public dichotomy D) patrilineal–patrilocal complex E) patriarchy

63)

Which term refers to descent traced through women only?

A) domestic–public dichotomy B) patrilineal-patrilocal complex C) patriarchy D) patrilineal descent E) matrilineal descent

64)

Which term refers to male supremacy based on patrilineality, patrilocality, and warfare?

A) domestic–public dichotomy B) patrilineal–patrilocal complex C) matrilineal–matrilocal complex D) patrilineal descent E) matrilineal descent

65)

Which term refers to a political system ruled by men?

A) matriarchy B) patrilineal–patrilocal complex C) patriarchy D) patrilineal descent E) matrilineal descent

66)

Which term refers to work at home versus more valued work outside the home?

Version 1

14

A) domestic–public dichotomy B) patrilineal-patrilocal complex C) anthropocentrism–ecocentrism dichotomy D) patrilineal–matrilocal complex E) nature–society dichotomy

67) Of the following factors, which is historically correlated with the shrinking of the female factory workforce in the United States?

A) European immigration around 1900 B) World War II C) voting rights for women D) inflation E) the women's rights movement

68)

More than half the poor children living in the United States live in families that are A) patrifocal.

B) blended.

C) headed by men.

D) headed by women.

E) dichotomized.

69)

Which of the following statements is FALSE?

A) The feminization of poverty is unique to the United States.

B) Households headed by women tend to be poorer than those headed by men.

C) Married couples are much more secure economically than single mothers.

D) Among developed nations, the U.S. has the largest percentage of single-parent households.

E) The feminization of poverty has serious consequences with regard to living standards.

70)

What is meant by the term feminization of poverty?

Version 1

15

A) the view that conditions of poverty are emasculating B) the increasing representation of women among the poorest people C) the popularity of feminist ideals among poor people D) the recent campaign by feminists to work with the poor E) the view that only women care about issues involving poverty

71) There appears to be a relationship between a country's rate of female labor-force participation and A) the happiness of all citizens.

B) female unhappiness.

C) male unhappiness.

D) lower living standards.

E) lack of government safety nets.

72) The increasing representation of women (and their children) among America's poorest people is known as the A) gender dilemma.

B) gender gap index.

C) poverty cycle.

D) feminization of poverty.

E) Gender Dynamic of Poverty (GDP).

73)

Which of the following statements about the label "transgender" is accurate?

A) Transgender and intersex are both biologically based.

B) Transgender only includes those whose gender identity has biological roots.

C) Just like the labels "masculine" and "feminine," "transgender" is an absolute and binary category.

D) Self-identified transgender individuals may or may not contrast biologically with ordinary males and females.

E) Feeling their previous gender assignment was incorrect, transgender individuals become female.

Version 1

16

74)

Transgender is a social category that A) includes people whose gender identity has no apparent biological roots.

B) always contrasts biologically with "ordinary" males and females.

C) consists of only intersex people.

D) is entirely biologically constructed.

E) has no validity within the social sciences.

75) Intersex, a group of conditions reflecting discrepancy between external genitals and internal genitals, can have a variety of chromosomal causes that create a sex–gender difference.

Which of the following chromosomal anomalies identifies a person with the chromosomes of a woman and female internal anatomy with male external genitals?

A) XY intersex person B) true gonadal intersex person C) Klinefelter's syndrome (XXY configuration) D) XX intersex person E) Turner syndrome

76) "Pertaining to a group of biological conditions reflecting a discrepancy between external and internal genitals" is a definition of A) sexual orientation.

B) homosexuality.

C) heterosexuality.

D) transgender.

E) intersex.

77) Which term is defined as a gender identity that is socially constructed and individually performed by individuals whose gender identity contradicts their biological sex at birth and the gender identity assigned to them in infancy?

Version 1

17

A) sexually dimorphism B) homosexual C) heterosexual D) transgender E) intersex

78)

Which of the following describes cisgender?

A) individuals who identify with the gender assigned to them at birth B) a condition involving a discrepancy between the internal and external genitals C) individuals whose gender identity contradicts their biological sex at birth and the gender identity assigned to them in infancy D) whether someone feels, acts, and is regarded as male, female, or something else E) indifference or lack of sexual attraction to either sex

79) According to studies in the 1960s, why did young Etoro men and boys engage in "ritualized homosexuality"?

A) They did not understand biological reproduction, which is why they no longer exist.

B) The status of Etoro women was the highest in the world, in a status above and beyond males.

C) Genetic drift created a population dominated by a homosexual gene.

D) They believed it is necessary for boys to ingest semen in order to mature in a healthy way.

E) A warrior cult of older adult men vigorously enforced a monopoly on access to women.

80)

All of the following are true of sexual orientation EXCEPT that

Version 1

18

A) different types of sexual desires and experiences hold different meanings for individuals and groups.

B) there is conclusive scientific evidence that sexual orientation is genetically determined.

C) within a society, individuals will differ in the nature, range, and intensity of sexual interests and urges.

D) culture always plays a role in molding individual sexual urges toward a collective norm, and these norms vary from culture to culture.

E) flexibility in sexual expression seems to be an aspect of our primate heritage, since both masturbation and same-sex sexual activity exist among chimpanzees and other primates.

81) Based on research in the 1960s, which of the following statements about Etoro conceptions of heterosexual intercourse is FALSE? A) It was thought to sap a man's vitality.

B) Women who wanted too much heterosexual intercourse were viewed as witches.

C) Such sex was permitted on only about a hundred days a year.

D) It was permitted to take place only in the couple's residence.

E) It was seen as a necessary sacrifice that would eventually lead to a man's death.

82)

Sexual attraction to persons of the opposite sex, same sex, or both sexes is known as A) sexual orientation.

B) homosexuality.

C) heterosexuality.

D) transgender.

E) intersex.

83)

The study of ritualized homosexuality was connected with the work of

Version 1

19

A) Margaret Mead.

B) Gilbert Herdt.

C) Michelle Rosaldo.

D) Betty Friedan.

E) Ann Stoler.

84)

Which of the following is true of the Etoro?

A) Heterosexuality was considered appropriate in all social contexts.

B) Ritualized homosexuality was a rarity.

C) It was believed that boys could not produce semen on their own.

D) There were few taboos related to sexuality.

E) Sexuality was virtually nonexistent.

85)

________ refers to sexual attraction to both sexes.

A) Homosexuality B) Heterosexuality C) Bisexuality D) Asexuality E) Metrosexuality

86) Even in a single society, such as the United States, attitudes about sex vary over time and with socioeconomic status, region, and A) spirituality.

B) identity.

C) marital status.

D) rural versus urban residence.

E) educational qualification.

87) Why should the numbers from Kinsey's research on sexual behavior be considered merely illustrative, rather than statistically accurate?

Version 1

20

A) sample sizes that were too small B) flaws in the statistical models used C) a reliance on nonrandom samples D) failure to account for variance in the target population E) incorrect assignment of causation

88) Which of the following is NOT among the four sexual orientations found throughout the world?

A) transsexuality B) homosexuality C) bisexuality D) heterosexuality E) asexuality

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

89) Define each of the following concepts: gender roles, gender stereotypes, and gender stratification. After you have defined them, discuss how these three concepts inform anthropological studies of gender.

90) Define gender roles and discuss your opinion on whether or not the gender roles in your culture result in stereotypes, gender stratification, or other social problems.

91) Discuss one recurrent gender pattern that is present in the ethnographic record. Be sure to focus on a specific cultural example in your short response.

Version 1

21

92) Discuss the apparent correlation between a country's female labor-force participation and its citizens' well-being. What are some explanations for this?

93) Discuss what is meant by the feminization of poverty. Next, consider the extent to which it exists beyond the United States. Finally, detail one reason as to why it exists.

94) Define the terms intersex and transgender. Next, discuss how gender diversity beyond male and female exists in many societies and has taken many forms with an example.

95) Define the term sexual orientation. Next, detail one ethnographic example or insight about sexual orientation that was considered in the chapter.

96) Discuss the case of the Etoro in terms of sexual orientation. What does this ethnographic example say about the anthropology of gender?

Version 1

22

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

97) Visit the Gender Ads Project (found at www.genderads.com). Write an essay that focuses on three of the exhibits from the website. Your essay should discuss what each of the exhibits says about gender, sexuality, and gender roles in society. Finally, discuss how the anthropology of gender could inform further analyses of gender and advertising.

98) How are sexuality, sex, and gender related to each other? What are the differences among these three analytical concepts?

99) Write an essay that focuses on the fact that gender and sex are commonly confused in cultures. Use at least three of the case studies from the chapter to make your points about gender and sex and discuss how these case studies can be used to better educate people about gender and sex.

100) What position do most anthropologists take on the matter of whether male dominance is a cultural universal? What is your own view on the matter? What evidence can you put forth to support your view?

Version 1

23

101) Contrast gender roles in two of the following: (A) foraging societies; (B) matrilineal– matrilocal societies; (C) patrilineal–patrilocal societies; (D) pastoralists; and (E) agriculturalists.

102) What is the private–public dichotomy? In what kinds of societies does it occur, and in what kinds of societies is it absent? What factors contribute to its presence or absence, and what are its effects on gender roles?

103) What is the relationship between gender stratification and economic roles? Do these relationships apply equally to all types of societies, regardless of the type of productive activity?

Why or why not?

104) What factors might explain the correlation between women's work outside the home and a national index of happiness? What is it about women working outside of the home that might make a country's population happier? Brainstorm possible causes for this correlation.

Version 1

24

105) Are certain sexual preferences more natural than others? What factors compel some societies to deviate from the heterosexual norm found in most human societies?

106) You have been asked to speak at a town hall meeting. Quite recently, there has been tension at a local school that relates to the bullying of students who do not fit the traditional gender and sexual orientation molds of the local community. Write an essay that expresses your insights about the anthropology of gender and detail how you would address people at the town hall meeting. As you write your essay, reference at least three case studies from the chapter for your talk.

Version 1

25

Answer Key Test name: Chap 09_19e_Kottak 1) TRUE 2) FALSE 3) FALSE 4) TRUE 5) FALSE 6) FALSE 7) FALSE 8) TRUE 9) TRUE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE 13) FALSE 14) TRUE 15) TRUE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) TRUE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) TRUE 23) TRUE 24) TRUE 25) FALSE 26) TRUE Version 1

26

27) TRUE 28) TRUE 29) TRUE 30) FALSE 31) TRUE 32) A 33) D 34) C 35) B 36) B 37) A 38) C 39) A 40) C 41) D 42) B 43) D 44) C 45) E 46) A 47) C 48) B 49) B 50) A 51) D 52) D 53) D 54) C 55) D 56) B Version 1

27

57) A 58) D 59) E 60) D 61) E 62) A 63) E 64) B 65) C 66) A 67) A 68) D 69) A 70) B 71) A 72) D 73) D 74) A 75) D 76) E 77) D 78) A 79) D 80) B 81) D 82) A 83) B 84) C 85) C 86) D Version 1

28

87) C 88) A

Version 1

29

CHAPTER 10 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) The nuclear family in which one is born and grows up is called the family of procreation. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2)

A group based on belief in shared ancestry is a descent group. ⊚ true ⊚ false

3) Understanding kinship systems is an essential part of anthropology because of the importance of those systems to the people anthropologists study. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4)

The nuclear family accounted for 71 percent of American households in 2019. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5)

The extended family household is a household with one or more generations. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6)

Neolocality refers to a living situation in which a couple establishes new residence. ⊚ true ⊚ false

7)

In foraging societies, the nuclear family is not a popular kin group. ⊚ true ⊚ false

8)

Descent groups are often endogamous.

Version 1

1

⊚ ⊚

true false

9)

Unilineal descent is either matrilineal or patrilineal. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10)

Ambilineal descent is more rigid and clearly defined than unilineal descent. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11)

A unilineal descent group based on demonstrated descent is a lineage. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12)

The way that people in a particular society recognize kin relations is known as "ego." ⊚ true ⊚ false

13) Bilateral kinship means that people tend to perceive kin links through males and females as being similar or equivalent. ⊚ true ⊚ false

14)

Relatives by marriage are known as affinals. ⊚ true ⊚ false

15) M=MZ, F=FB, MB, and FZ, each standing alone, are used in generational kinship terminology. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

2

16)

Six separate parental kin terms are used in lineal kinship terminology. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17) Like race, kinship is a cultural construction, in that it exhibits considerable cultural diversity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18) Your family of procreation is the one that is established when you marry and have children. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19) Although nuclear families are found in many societies around the world, this phenomenon is not a cultural universal. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20) The higher proportion of expanded family households among poorer Americans has been explained as an adaptation to poverty. ⊚ true ⊚ false

21) After reaching an all-time low for the twentieth century in the 1970s, the nuclear family is now making a rebound, accounting for a greater number of U.S. households each year. ⊚ true ⊚ false

22) Recent census data reveal that more U.S. women are now living without a husband than with one.

Version 1

3

⊚ ⊚

true false

23) Industrialization increases mobility, which plays a major role in the disappearance of extended families in the United States. ⊚ true ⊚ false

24) Comparing the meaning of family between the United States and Brazil, the extended family still plays a central role for most Brazilians. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25)

A descent group consists only of a married couple and their children. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26) With patrilineal descent, a person takes his or her father's last name but recognizes descent through both parents. ⊚ true ⊚ false

27)

In unilineal descent, one's ancestry is traced through only one line of descent. ⊚ true ⊚ false

28)

Members of a clan demonstrate how they descend from a common apical ancestor. ⊚ true ⊚ false

29) Neolocal postmarital residence rules require newly married couples to establish their own residence.

Version 1

4

⊚ ⊚

true false

30) American kinship calculation is bilateral, traced equally on both sides, through males and females, for example, father and mother. ⊚ true ⊚ false

31)

A nuclear family includes ego, ego's parents, and ego's grandparents. ⊚ true ⊚ false

32) The most common postmarital residence rule is matrilocality, in which the married couple moves in with the wife's family. ⊚ true ⊚ false

33) With unilineal descent, one's lineage affiliation is ascribed at birth, but with ambilineal descent, lineage affiliation is more fluid, because each member chooses his or her own descent group. ⊚ true ⊚ false

34) A bifurcate merging kinship terminology distinguishes between collateral and lineal relatives. ⊚ true ⊚ false

35) The percentage of single-person households increased from 17 percent in 1970 to 28 percent in 2019. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

5

36)

Most people belong to at least two nuclear families at different times in their lives. ⊚ true ⊚ false

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

37) Cross-culturally, the social construction of kinship illustrates A) incredible similarity.

B) regularity.

C) genetic variation.

D) considerable diversity.

E) a lack of connection to anthropological studies.

38)

A group based on belief in shared ancestry is called A) sibling rivalry.

B) a descent group.

C) a family of orientation.

D) a family of procreation.

E) an affinal set.

39)

Which term refers to the nuclear family in which one is born and grows up?

A) sibling group B) descent group C) family of orientation D) family of procreation E) affinal set

40)

The nuclear family that is established when one marries and has children is called the

Version 1

6

A) sibling group.

B) descent group.

C) family of orientation.

D) family of procreation.

E) affinal set.

41) The dominant form of sexual and reproductive union in most parts of the Moso territory is a visiting system called ________, which means “walking back and forth” between the households of the lovers.

A) tisese B) tarawad C) zadruga D) mana E) kula

42)

In most societies, relations with ________ take precedence over relations with other kin.

A) parallel cousins B) cross cousins C) nuclear family members D) grand relatives E) fictive kin

43)

The case of the family group known as zadruga came from A) Brazil.

B) Mexico.

C) Bosnia.

D) Tibet.

E) Papua New Guinea.

44)

In Nayar kinship systems, there are extended family compounds called

Version 1

7

A) zadrugas.

B) kulas.

C) potlatches.

D) vodas.

E) tarawads.

45) A living situation in which a married couple establishes a new place of residence away from their parents is known as A) neolocality.

B) a collateral household.

C) patrilocality.

D) an expanded family household.

E) an extended family household.

46)

A household with three or more generations is known as A) neolocality.

B) a bilocal household.

C) a multilocal household.

D) a collateral household.

E) an extended family household.

47)

Between 1960 and 2019, the percentage of children living with only their mother A) decreased by 20 percent.

B) fell dramatically.

C) stayed about the same.

D) nearly tripled.

E) doubled.

48)

The study of Arembepe kinship took place in

Version 1

8

A) Brazil.

B) Mexico.

C) Yugoslavia.

D) Tibet.

E) Papua New Guinea.

49) A ________ is a type of expanded family household that includes siblings and their spouses and children.

A) matrifocal household B) collateral household C) patrifocal household D) nuclear household E) neolocal residence

50) A ________ is a type of expanded family household that is headed by a woman and includes other adult relatives and children.

A) patrifocal household B) neolocal residence C) nuclear household D) matrifocal household E) collateral household

51)

Which term refers to a unilineal descent group based on stipulated descent?

A) lineage B) kinship calculation C) ambilineal D) clan E) unilineal descent

52)

Which of the following statements is true of generational kinship terminology?

Version 1

9

A) It is found in societies with ambilineal descent, where descent-group membership is not automatic.

B) It distinguishes between the mother’s side and the father’s side.

C) It is found in societies with unilineal descent.

D) It uses six separate parental kin terms: M, F, MB, MZ, FB, and FZ. E) It distinguishes lineal relatives from collateral relatives.

53)

Matrilineal descent and patrilineal descent are types of A) stipulated descent.

B) kinship calculation.

C) ambilineality.

D) clan.

E) unilineal descent.

54)

________ is a flexible descent rule, neither patrilineal nor matrilineal.

A) Lineage B) Kinship calculation C) Ambilineal descent D) Clan E) Unilineal descent

55)

Compared with patrilineal societies, women in matrilineal societies tend to A) have higher divorce rates.

B) be less promiscuous.

C) have greater obligations to their husband's community.

D) remain childless.

E) shun the relatives who are not part of their nuclear family.

Version 1

10

56) Which of the following kin classification systems is the most specific in that it has separate kin terms for each of the six kin types (mother, father, mother’s sister, mother’s brother, father’s brother, and father’s sister) on the parental generation?

A) bifurcate collateral kinship terminology B) bifurcate merging kinship terminology C) generational kinship terminology D) lineal kinship terminology E) bilateral kinship calculation

57)

The position from which one views an egocentric genealogy is known as A) biography.

B) bio.

C) ego.

D) kin center.

E) kin status.

58) Together, patrilocality and matrilocality are known as ________ rules of postmarital residence.

A) multilineal B) bilineal C) ambilineal D) neolocal E) unilocal

59)

Which of the following statements is true of descent groups?

Version 1

11

A) Unlike nuclear families, descent groups are temporary units.

B) To endure, descent groups need to keep all of their members at home.

C) Descent group membership is seldom determined at birth.

D) The economic types that usually have descent-group organization are horticulture, pastoralism, and agriculture.

E) Descent groups frequently are endogamous, which means that people marry within their own group.

60) Kinship terminology is a classification system, a typology, and a(n) ________ developed over generations by people who live in a particular society.

A) apolitical foundation B) biological entity C) arbitrary system D) native taxonomy E) fixed set

61) Which of the following does NOT reflect one of the four parental kin terms in lineal kinship terminology?

A) FB=MZ B) M C) F D) FB=MB E) MZ=FZ

62)

The term ________ refers to kin ties that are calculated equally through both sexes.

A) bifurcate merging kinship terminology B) bifurcate collateral kinship terminology C) generational kinship terminology D) bilateral kinship calculation E) patrilineal kinship calculation

Version 1

12

63)

The use of four parental kin terms—M, F, FB=MB, and MZ=FZ —is characteristic of A) bifurcate merging kinship terminology.

B) bifurcate collateral kinship terminology.

C) generational kinship terminology.

D) bilateral kinship calculation.

E) lineal kinship terminology.

64) Which of the following splits the mother's side from the father's side but also merges same-sex siblings?

A) bifurcate merging kinship terminology B) bifurcate collateral kinship terminology C) generational kinship terminology D) bilateral kinship calculation E) lineal kinship terminology

65)

The two parental kin terms M=MZ=FZ and F=FB=MB are characteristic of A) bifurcate merging kinship terminology.

B) bifurcate collateral kinship terminology.

C) generational kinship terminology.

D) bilateral kinship calculation.

E) lineal kinship terminology.

66) The four parental kin terms M=MZ, F=FB, MB, and FZ, each standing alone, are characteristic of A) bifurcate merging kinship terminology.

B) bifurcate collateral kinship terminology.

C) generational kinship terminology.

D) bilateral kinship calculation.

E) lineal kinship terminology.

Version 1

13

67)

Ego's direct ancestors and descendants are referred to as A) collateral relatives.

B) lineal relatives.

C) bifurcate relatives.

D) affinals.

E) clan members.

68)

Relatives outside ego's direct line are referred to as A) collateral relatives.

B) lineal relatives.

C) bifurcate relatives.

D) clan members.

E) kin partners.

69)

Relatives by marriage are referred to as A) collateral relatives.

B) lineal relatives.

C) bifurcate relatives.

D) affinals.

E) clan members.

70)

A preference for relatives on the mother's side is known as A) matrilocal preference.

B) matrilineal swing.

C) matrilineal skepticism.

D) matrilineal adjusting.

E) matrilateral skewing.

Version 1

14

71) The kinship pattern that does not distinguish between the mother's and father's sides and uses only two terms for relatives on the mother's and father's side is A) bifurcate merging kinship terminology.

B) bifurcate collateral kinship terminology.

C) generational kinship terminology.

D) bilateral kinship calculation.

E) lineal kinship terminology.

72)

Understanding kinship systems is an important part of anthropology because

A) it provides an objective, universal perspective on how people are related to one another.

B) kinship ties are important to the people anthropologists study.

C) the study of kinship is part of the anthropological tradition established by the field's pioneers.

D) kinship ties are what triggered the split between the hominin line and the rest of the primates and is thus the defining aspect of our humanity.

E) it is the only aspect of anthropological study that the general public cares about.

73)

Which term refers to the family in which a child is raised?

A) family of procreation B) family of orientation C) family of nucleation D) genealogical family E) family of kin

74) Traditionally, in some areas of the former Yugoslavia, people lived in an extended family household called a zadruga rather than in nuclear families. Among the Nayar in southern India, it was typical for people to live in matrilineal extended family compounds called tarawads.

Descriptions of these two culturally specific cases highlight how

Version 1

15

A) children who grow up in stable kin groups are better off than those who don't.

B) the nuclear family is the only stable kin group arrangement.

C) nuclear families are extremely rare in terms of living arrangements.

D) extended family households are an adaptive strategy to deal with extreme poverty.

E) there are many alternatives to the nuclear family.

75) What is the name of the postmarital residence pattern in which the married couple is expected to establish their own home?

A) neolocality B) patrilocality C) matrilocality D) ambilocality E) uxorilocality

76)

What is the most common system of kinship terminology used in the United States?

A) bifurcate merging kinship terminology B) lineal kinship terminology C) bifurcate collateral kinship terminology D) generational kinship terminology E) patrilineal kinship terminology

77) In North America, the relatively high incidence of expanded family households in the lower class is A) the reason the families of lower-class urbanites are dysfunctional.

B) an important strategy used by the urban poor to adapt to poverty.

C) maladaptive, since poor families should be smaller in order to cut down expenses.

D) caused by bifurcate merging, a practice brought to the United States by Irish immigrants during the early part of the twentieth century.

E) the result of enduring cultural ties to Europe.

Version 1

16

78) Although the nuclear family remains a cultural ideal for many Americans, nuclear families accounted for 19 percent of American households in 2016. In fact, other domestic arrangements outnumber the traditional U.S. household five to one. All of the following are among the reasons for this trend EXCEPT that A) women are increasingly joining men in the workforce.

B) job demands compete with romantic attachments.

C) divorce rates have risen.

D) it is increasingly economically feasible for women to delay marriage and yet live away from their family of orientation.

E) contrary to expectations, the importance of kinship is growing in contemporary nations.

79) In Arembepe, Brazil, a degree of community solidarity was promoted by the myth that everyone was kin. However, social solidarity was actually much less developed in Arembepe than in societies with clans and lineages. Why? A) Intense social solidarity requires not a myth but a biologically grounded genealogy that shows people's actual relatedness.

B) Arembepeiros who became successful were bound by social obligation to share their wealth; this powerful leveling mechanism worked against social solidarity.

C) In societies with clans and lineages, social solidarity is much more developed, because they have more elaborate kinship rituals than Arembepeiros do.

D) Intense social solidarity is possible only in societies having homogeneous ancestry; in Arembepe, high ethnic diversity weakened kinship ties.

E) Intense social solidarity demands that some people be excluded, but by asserting they were all related—that is, by excluding no one—Arembepeiros were actually weakening kinship's potential strength in creating and maintaining group solidarity.

80) Contemporary North American adults usually define their families as consisting of their husbands or wives and their children. In contrast, when Brazilians talk about their families, they mean their parents, siblings, aunts, uncles, grandparents, cousins, and later their children. They rarely mention the spouse. Which of the following is among the reasons for this stark cultural contrast?

Version 1

17

A) Brazilians readily incorporate strangers into their social worlds.

B) North Americans value independence over their family.

C) North Americans have more choices about where they can live, and they have chosen to live away from their relatives.

D) Middle-class North Americans normally lack a readily available extended family support system, so marriage assumes more importance.

E) Brazilians have purely economic relationships with their spouses.

81)

What are the two basic social units of traditional foraging societies?

A) the band and the clan B) the lineage and the nuclear family C) the extended family and the clan D) the nuclear family and the band E) the band and the extended family

82) A unilineal descent group whose members demonstrate their common descent from an apical ancestor is a(n) A) clan.

B) lineage.

C) extended family.

D) family of procreation.

E) family of orientation.

83) Which of the following terms refers to the kind of descent in which people can choose the descent group that they join?

A) neolineal descent B) patrilineal descent C) ambilineal descent D) matrilineal descent E) unilineal descent

Version 1

18

84) What postmarital residence rule is most often found in societies with lineal kinship terminologies?

A) ambilocal B) neolocal C) patrilocal D) matrilocal E) bilocal

85)

Anthropologists are interested in kinship calculation, which is

A) the position from which one views an egocentric genealogy.

B) the rules people use to determine their ethnic affiliation to a group.

C) the process by which people choose their postmarital residence.

D) the system that people in a particular society use to recognize and categorize kinship relationships.

E) people's emic perspective on kinships and family values.

86)

What does it mean that kinship, like race, is culturally constructed?

A) The educational system is failing to educate people about real, biologically-based human relatedness.

B) Like race, kinship is a social fiction, with no real social consequence.

C) It is a phenomenon separated from other real aspects of society, such as economics and politics.

D) Studies of kinship tell us little about people's actual experiences, only about what they think those experiences are like.

E) Some genealogical kin are considered to be relatives whereas others are not, and the rules underlying such considerations vary across cultures.

87) The Barí of Venezuela recognize multiple fathers, even though biologically there can be only one actual genitor. This example shows

Version 1

19

A) that women have a better understanding of biological processes than do men.

B) that like race and gender, kinship is culturally constructed.

C) cultures' explanations for biological processes vary because access to and the quality of educational systems vary as well.

D) how, as in the United States, having more than one father is detrimental to a child's development and adjustment in society.

E) that multiple (partible) paternity is a common and beneficial biological fact.

88)

What does ego represent in a depiction of a kinship system?

A) the sense of distinct individuality that is present in any society B) the emotional attachment felt by the people who use the system C) the point of reference used to determine which kin terms are applicable to certain individuals D) the boundary between one's kin group and outsiders E) a gender-free way of reckoning kinship

89)

What kind of kinship is most common in the contemporary United States?

A) matrilateral kinship B) bilateral kinship C) patrilateral kinship D) collateral kinship E) generational kinship

90) Anthropologists distinguish between kin terms and genealogical kin types. What is the difference?

Version 1

20

A) Kin terms refers to an actual genealogical relationship, whereasgenealogical kin types are the words used for different relatives in a particular culture.

B) The difference is only a methodological one—in practice, they are the same thing.

C) Kin terms are the specific words used for different relatives in a particular culture and language, whereasgenealogical kin types refer to an actual genealogical relationship.

D) Kin terms are the words used for socially constructed relationships, whereasgenealogical kin types refer to relatives.

E) Kin terms are the terms used for different relatives from the ego's perspective, whereasgenealogical kin types refer to objective relatives from no perspective in particular.

91)

In what kind of kinship calculation are kin ties traced equally through males and females?

A) bilineal B) bifurcate merging C) bifurcate collateral D) bilateral E) biluminous

92) In any culture, kinship terminology is a native taxonomy, typology, or classification system. A native classification system A) is based on how people perceive similarities and differences in the things being classified.

B) is accurate only when the classes are based on Western science.

C) is based on categories given by nature.

D) usually changes with every generation.

E) applies best to nonliving things.

93)

What makes up ego's nuclear family of orientation?

Version 1

21

A) parents and siblings B) spouse and offspring C) extended family D) lineal kin E) collateral kin

94)

A lineal kinship terminology

A) is generally found in societies with patrilineal descent rules.

B) uses two terms to identify ego's parents' siblings: one term for both FZ and MZ and another term for both FB and MB. C) often distinguishes between parallel cousins and cross cousins.

D) stresses relationships with collaterals.

E) uses the same term to refer to M and MZ.

95)

Which of the following kin types is NOT ego's lineal relative?

A) M B) B C) MM D) F E) FF

96) In a lineal system of kinship terminology, which of the following pairs would be referred to by the same term?

A) M and FZ B) M and MZ C) FB and MB D) FB and FZ E) F and FB

97)

Which of the following does NOT belong to ego's matrilineage?

Version 1

22

A) FM B) B C) ZS D) MB E) M

98)

In a bifurcate merging kinship terminology, what is merged?

A) same-sex siblings of each parent B) members of the family of orientation and those of the family of procreation C) affinal relatives and collateral relatives D) affinal relatives and lineal relatives E) lineal relatives and offspring

99) In bifurcate merging kinship terminology, which of the following would be referred to by the same term?

A) F and MB B) M and MZ C) MB and FB D) FZ and MZ E) JR and BJ

100) Which of the following statements about bifurcate merging kinship terminology is FALSE? A) It is found in societies with unilineal descent groups.

B) It uses the same term to describe F and FB and the same term to describe M and MZ. C) It is generally found in societies with unilocal residence patterns.

D) It is generally found in agricultural and horticultural societies.

E) It uses the same term to describe MB and FB.

101)

Like bifurcate merging kinship terminology, generational kinship terminology

Version 1

23

A) is common in North America.

B) makes sense only from the perspective of ego.

C) illustrates the complicated ways in which adults confuse their children about the realities of biology.

D) uses the same term for parents and their siblings, but the lumping is more complete (there are only two terms for relatives on the parental generation).

E) uses the same term for parents and grandparents, so there is less lumping than in bifurcate merging kinship terminology.

102) According to genealogical kin types used by anthropologists to study kinship relations, what kind of relative is ego's mother's brother?

A) a lineal relative B) an affinal relative C) a collateral relative D) a nuclear family member E) an apical ancestor

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

103) Write a short essay in which you consider one reason why anthropologists study kinship.

Use an example that explains the anthropological significance of kinship as it relates to your own life.

104) Based on your reading of the chapter, discuss one way in which industrialism has affected family organization.

Version 1

24

105) Read the feature "American Family Life in the 21st Century" and write a short response in which you consider the results of the Life at Home in the Twenty-First Century: 32 Families Open Their Doors research project. Discuss one of the specific findings from the study.

106)

What is meant by a descent group? Discuss one example of a descent group.

107) Write a short essay in which you distinguish between the family of orientation and the family of procreation. Discuss how each of these forms has impacted you in a personal sense.

108) Define the term kinship calculation. Discuss how it is used by anthropologists. What is the role or place of "ego" in a kinship system?

109) Choose one of the following kinship terminologies: lineal kinship terminology, bifurcate merging kinship terminology, generational kinship terminology, or bifurcate collateral kinship terminology. Write a short response that explains how the specific kinship terminology works.

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

110) Write an essay in which you consider three reasons anthropologists study kinship. For each of these reasons, use an example of kinship that was addressed in the chapter. Discuss each of these examples in depth.

Version 1

25

111) Cite evidence confirming or denying the universality of the nuclear family. Give examples from different cultures. What other social units might assume the functions associated with nuclear families?

112) Discuss ways in which kinship and descent help human populations adapt to their environments.

113) This chapter offers a brief overview of kinship-related demographic changes in the United States and Canada. How have kinship arrangements changed? How do these changes relate to other cultural changes? Do you find any of the current trends surprising? If so, why?

114) "Anthropologists spend much of their time studying trivia like kinship." Do you agree with this statement? If yes, why? If not, why?

Version 1

26

115) In some systems of kinship terminology, lineal and collateral relatives are grouped together under the same kinship terms, and in others, they are not. In terms of the sociocultural setting in which these terminologies exist, discuss reasons for the differences.

116) In what kinds of situations would you expect to find ambilineal descent and unilineal descent? Why?

117) There are rights and obligations associated with kinship and descent. Many societies have both families and descent groups. Give an example of how obligations to one may conflict with obligations to the other. How does your example relate to your experience of managing rights and obligations in your own family?

118) What is the difference between kin terms and genealogical kin types? Why would an anthropologist want to make such a distinction? Can you see any problems with this distinction?

In your everyday experience, do you distinguish between kin terms and genealogical kin types?

Version 1

27

Version 1

28

Answer Key Test name: Chap 10_19e_Kottak 1) FALSE 2) TRUE 3) TRUE 4) FALSE 5) FALSE 6) TRUE 7) FALSE 8) FALSE 9) TRUE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) FALSE 13) TRUE 14) TRUE 15) FALSE 16) FALSE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) TRUE 20) TRUE 21) FALSE 22) TRUE 23) TRUE 24) TRUE 25) FALSE 26) FALSE Version 1

29

27) TRUE 28) FALSE 29) TRUE 30) TRUE 31) FALSE 32) FALSE 33) TRUE 34) FALSE 35) TRUE 36) TRUE 37) D 38) B 39) C 40) D 41) A 42) C 43) C 44) E 45) A 46) E 47) D 48) A 49) B 50) D 51) D 52) A 53) E 54) C 55) A 56) A Version 1

30

57) C 58) E 59) D 60) D 61) A 62) D 63) E 64) A 65) C 66) A 67) B 68) A 69) D 70) E 71) C 72) B 73) B 74) E 75) A 76) B 77) B 78) E 79) E 80) D 81) D 82) B 83) C 84) B 85) D 86) E Version 1

31

87) B 88) C 89) B 90) C 91) D 92) A 93) A 94) B 95) B 96) C 97) A 98) A 99) B 100) E 101) D 102) C 103)Good responses will vary, but it is likely that students will focus on any number of reasons why anthropologists study kinship. As the chapter points out, it is a significant area of study because it is so closely related to the people that anthropologists study.

104)A good response will consider an issue like residence (neolocality), extended family households, or the decline of the nuclear family.

105)A successful short answer will discuss one of the many findings from the study—such as the issue of clutter and objects in the home, the fact that children rarely go outside, and the kitchen as the center of home life.

106)A good response will define a descent group as a group based on belief in shared ancestry. The example may include a lineage or clan.

Version 1

32

107)The successful response will distinguish the family of orientation (nuclear family in which one is born and grows up) from the family of procreation (nuclear family established when one marries and has children). It will also provide a relevant example for each in terms of the student's own experiences.

108) A successful short answer will discuss kinship calculation as the relationships based on kinship that people recognize in a particular society and how they talk about those relationships. It will likely focus on how this kinship information allows anthropologists to elicit important cultural information. Finally, it will discuss "ego" in the context of the position from which one views an egocentric genealogy.

See the chapter for additional information.

109)A successful short answer will accurately express the nature of the chosen kinship terminology. Consult the chapter for specifics on the kinship terminology.

110)Good responses will vary, but it is likely that students will focus on any number of reasons anthropologists study kinship. As the chapter points out, it is a significant area of study because it is so closely related to the people that anthropologists study. The three areas chosen should come directly from the text, so be sure to assess the ways in which the student cites the text.

111) Answers will vary.

112) Answers will vary.

113) Answers will vary.

114) Answers will vary.

115) Answers will vary.

116) Answers will vary.

Version 1

33

117) Answers will vary.

118) Answers will vary.

Version 1

34

CHAPTER 11 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) No definition of marriage is broad enough to apply easily to all societies and situations. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2)

A child's biological father is known as pater. ⊚ true ⊚ false

3)

The American kin term cousin doesn't distinguish between cross and parallel cousins. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4)

Most societies discourage sexual contact involving close relatives. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5)

Sexual relations with a close relative are known as incest. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6)

Marriage outside a given group is called endogamy. ⊚ true ⊚ false

7)

An example of royal endogamy is royal brother–sister marriage. ⊚ true ⊚ false

8) In a moiety, descent bifurcates the community so that everyone belongs to one half or the other.

Version 1

1

⊚ ⊚

true false

9) Among the Yanomami of Brazil, sex with parallel cousins is proper, but sex with cross cousins is incestuous. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10)

In certain African cultures, women have been permitted to marry other women. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11) Anthropological studies have indicated that romantic love is very common crossculturally. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12)

Substantial gifts to the husband's family from the wife's group are referred to as dowry. ⊚ true ⊚ false

13)

When a widow marries the brother of her deceased husband, it is called the sororate. ⊚ true ⊚ false

14)

Ease of divorce varies across cultures. ⊚ true ⊚ false

15)

When a man has more than one wife at the same time, it is called polygamy. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

2

16)

Polyandry is common and practiced under a wide range of conditions. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17)

Native American "Two-Spirits" were permitted to marry men. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18) love.

Anthropologists have noted a trend away from arranged marriages and toward romantic ⊚ ⊚

true false

19) Cultures have different definitions and expectations of relationships that are biologically or genetically equivalent. In other words, kinship is socially constructed. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20)

Exogamy is the practice of seeking a mate within one's own social group. ⊚ true ⊚ false

21)

The children of your father's sister are called your cross cousins. ⊚ true ⊚ false

22)

Incest is a cultural universal that is defined the same way by all cultures. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

3

23) Early anthropologists explained incest taboos as a reflection of "instinctive horror" of mating with close relatives. However, this explanation for incest taboos has been rejected because formal incest restrictions would be unnecessary if humans really do have an instinctive aversion to incest. ⊚ true ⊚ false

24)

Polygyny is much more common in patrilineal than in matrilineal societies. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25) One theory regarding the universality of the incest taboo argues that by forcing people to marry outside their immediate kin group, peaceful alliances between people would extend to include a greater number of individuals. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26) Homogamy is the practice of marrying within a culturally prescribed group to which one does not belong. ⊚ true ⊚ false

27) In the caste system of India, failure to adhere to class endogamy rules traditionally resulted in a ritually impure union. ⊚ true ⊚ false

28) Royal endogamy among Hawaiians limited conflicts about succession by reducing the number of people with claims to rule. ⊚ true ⊚ false

29)

As of 2021, same-sex marriage is legal in 31 countries.

Version 1

4

⊚ ⊚

true false

30) Dowries are most common in societies in which women occupy an elevated status position. ⊚ true ⊚ false

31)

The sororate exists in both matrilineal and patrilineal societies. ⊚ true ⊚ false

32) If Hannah marries her deceased husband's brother, the arrangement is considered a levirate marriage. ⊚ true ⊚ false

33) Cross-culturally, divorce is known only in industrialized societies where a high percentage of women are gainfully employed. ⊚ true ⊚ false

34) In a study among the Hopi of northeastern Arizona, about 31 percent of the women of the community had been divorced and remarried at least once, which correlates with the fact that these women were socially and economically insecure. ⊚ true ⊚ false

35) Serial polygamy is the practice of having more than one wife, but never more than one at the same time. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

5

36) Polygynous marriages often serve important functions, with the number of wives a man has serving as an indicator of his wealth, prestige, and status. ⊚ true ⊚ false

37)

With polyandry, a woman takes more than one husband at one time. ⊚ true ⊚ false

38) In almost all cases of marriage in nonindustrial societies, some kind of preexisting social relationship between any two individuals helps determine whether they may marry. ⊚ true ⊚ false

39) Although briefly popular after its introduction, online dating never became a significant part of the marriage market. ⊚ true ⊚ false

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

40) One's socially recognized father, not necessarily the genitor, is called A) cross cousin.

B) parallel cousin.

C) mater.

D) pater.

E) creator.

41)

In the case of the Nuer, in which there was a female husband, what was significant was

Version 1

6

A) the social construction of kinship.

B) biological paternity.

C) traditional kinship terms.

D) the role of parallel cousins.

E) the role of cross cousins.

42)

The term ________ refers to a child's biological father.

A) cross cousin B) parallel cousin C) mater D) pater E) genitor

43)

Children of two brothers or two sisters are referred to as A) cross cousins.

B) parallel cousins.

C) maters.

D) paters.

E) genitors.

44)

Children of a brother and a sister are referred to as A) cross cousins.

B) parallel cousins.

C) maters.

D) paters.

E) genitors.

45)

Sexual relations with a close relative are referred to as

Version 1

7

A) kin avoidance.

B) the avoidance ritual.

C) incest.

D) taboo.

E) plural marriages.

46)

In societies with ________, cross cousins always belong to the opposite group.

A) ambilineal moieties B) unilineal moieties C) no kinship patterns D) bilineal moieties E) confusing kinship patterns

47)

The Lakher of Southeast Asia are strictly A) ambilineal.

B) patrilineal.

C) matrilineal.

D) unable to marry.

E) a culture without marriage prohibitions.

48)

Exogamy is adaptively advantageous because it A) guarantees wealth.

B) creates tensions within the primary family.

C) creates genetic homogeneity.

D) promotes sexual relations with parallel cousins.

E) creates new social ties and alliances.

49)

________ means to marry someone similar.

Version 1

8

A) Biogamy B) Royal endogamy C) Homogamy D) Exogamy E) Endogamy

50)

Marriage outside one's own group is called A) biogamy.

B) royal endogamy.

C) homogamy.

D) exogamy.

E) endogamy.

51)

In the chapter, the case of endogamy and caste was connected to A) Pakistan.

B) Bangladesh.

C) India.

D) the United States.

E) Russia.

52) In a ________, descent bifurcates the community so that everyone belongs to one half or the other.

A) moiety B) labola C) dowry D) sororate E) levirate

53)

The case of the impersonal force mana as it related to royal endogamy appeared in

Version 1

9

A) India.

B) Pakistan.

C) Afghanistan.

D) Hawaii.

E) Great Britain.

54)

In most cultures, people avoid incest by A) conducting biological tests.

B) following religious rules.

C) following rules of exogamy.

D) incorporating psychological tests as part of courtship.

E) taking random measures.

55) In a 2013 Pew Research Center survey, 88 percent of Americans ranked ________ highest among reasons to get married A) love B) companionship C) financial stability D) having children E) making a lifelong commitment

56) Several Native American groups had figures known as ________, representing a gender in addition to male or female.

A) Two-Spirit B) lobola C) mater D) genitor E) pater

57)

In the United States, same-sex marriage

Version 1

10

A) was legalized in 2015.

B) is legal only in certain states.

C) is largely unopposed.

D) is not recognized by the judiciary.

E) was made punishable by law in the landmark caseObergefell v. Hodges.

58)

Which of the following statements is true of lobola?

A) It is insurance against divorce.

B) It is a substantial marital gift from the wife to the husband.

C) Lobola-like gifts exist in fewer cultures than dowry does.

D) The custom of giving something like lobola is widespread in matrilineal societies.

E) The custom of giving something like lobola is widespread in India.

59) In the case of ________, a substantial marital gift from the husband and his kin to the wife and her kin is made.

A) moiety B) lobola C) dowry D) the sororate E) the levirate

60) In the ________ system, substantial gifts to the husband's family from the wife's group are offered.

A) moiety B) lobola C) dowry D) sororate E) levirate

61)

When a widower marries the sister of his deceased wife, it is referred to as

Version 1

11

A) moiety.

B) lobola.

C) dowry.

D) the sororate.

E) the levirate.

62)

The custom of a widow marrying the brother of her deceased husband is known as A) moiety.

B) lobola.

C) dowry.

D) the sororate.

E) the levirate.

63)

Identify a true statement about polygyny.

A) It is much more common in matrilineal than in patrilineal societies.

B) It is characteristic of most foraging societies.

C) It is legal in most industrial nations.

D) The custom of men marrying later than women promotes polygyny.

E) Polygyny is seldom politically advantageous.

64)

One example of a "durable alliance" is A) moiety.

B) lobola.

C) dowry.

D) the sororate.

E) cross-cousin marriage.

65)

In some cultures, a substantial ________ may decrease the divorce rate for individuals.

Version 1

12

A) prewritten agreement B) ideology C) lobola D) game of chance E) religious viewpoint

66) A) Arapesh.

B) Hopi.

C) Pakistani.

D) Navaho.

E) Chambri.

67)

When a woman has more than one husband at the same time, it is referred to as A) endogamy.

B) polygyny.

C) polyandry.

D) exogamy.

E) homogamy.

68)

When a man has more than one wife at the same time, it is referred to as A) exogamy.

B) polygyny.

C) polyandry.

D) endogamy.

E) homogamy.

69)

When one has more than two spouses simultaneously, it is referred to as

Version 1

13

A) polygamy.

B) homogamy.

C) exogamy.

D) endogamy.

E) serial monogamy.

70)

In ________, a person has two or more spouses simultaneously.

A) a neo marriage B) a neolocal marriage C) a cross-cousin marriage D) a plural marriage E) serial monogamy

71)

When a woman weds a group of brothers, it is referred to as A) a neo marriage.

B) a neolocal marriage.

C) a cross-cousin marriage.

D) serial monogamy.

E) fraternal polyandry.

72)

What is another name for polygamy?

A) neo marriage B) neolocal marriage C) cross-cousin marriage D) plural marriage E) fraternal polyandry

73) true?

Which of the following statements about the marriage market in modern nations is NOT

Version 1

14

A) Relatives sometimes help arrange meetings between potential mates.

B) Lesbian, gay, and bisexual adults are less likely than others to use online dating platforms.

C) Online dating is complementary to, rather than a substitute for, offline partner shopping.

D) Older people are more likely to use online dating to find their current partner.

E) The convenience of online dating apps has led to an increase in online dating.

74) In South Sudan, a Nuer woman can marry a woman if her father has only daughters but no male heirs. This is done to maintain the patrilineage. The "wife" has sex with one or more men until she gets pregnant. The children born are then accepted as the offspring of both the female husband and the wife. What is important in this example is A) the fact that only same-sex marriages are recognized in patrilineal societies.

B) social rather than biological paternity, illustrating how kinship is socially constructed.

C) how biology overrides culture regardless of human intentions.

D) how often marriage is simply about property.

E) how romantic love is both universal and complicated.

75)

Identify a true statement about polyandry.

A) It restricts the number of wives and heirs.

B) It is common and is practiced under a wide range of conditions.

C) It involves a man having plural wives.

D) It is much more common in patrilineal than in matrilineal societies.

E) It is legal in most industrial nations.

76) In the context of the Indian caste system as an example of endogamy, Indian castes are grouped into five major categories called

Version 1

15

A) varnas.

B) jatis.

C) kulas.

D) zadrugas.

E) tarawads.

77) All cultures have taboos against ________, sexual relations with someone considered to be a close relative, although precisely what constitutes a close relative varies across cultures.

A) levirate B) sororate C) fraternal D) incest E) exogamy

78) Why does exogamy, the practice of seeking a husband or wife outside one's own kin group, have adaptive value outside of biological concerns?

A) It increases the likelihood that disadvantageous alleles will find phenotypic expression and thus be eliminated from the population.

B) It creates new social ties and alliances, providing access to more resources and social networks.

C) It impedes peaceful relations among social groups and therefore promotes population expansion.

D) It was an important causal factor in the origin of social stratification.

E) Exogamy is not adaptive; it is just a cultural construction.

79) Although the incest taboo is a cultural universal, cultures define incest differently. For example, in many cultures it is incestuous to marry parallel cousins but not cross cousins. What is the difference between the two?

Version 1

16

A) The children of two brothers or two sisters are parallel cousins, whereas the children of a brother and a sister are cross cousins.

B) Parallel cousins are socially recognized relatives, whereas cross cousins are true biological cousins.

C) The children of a brother and a sister are parallel cousins, whereas the children of two brothers or two sisters are cross cousins.

D) Parallel cousins are true biological cousins, whereas cross cousins are simply socially recognized relatives.

E) There is no symbolic difference between the two, only a biological difference.

80)

Which of the following is ego's cross cousin?

A) MBS (mother's brother's son) B) FBS (father's brother's son) C) MZD (mother's sister's daughter) D) FBD (father's brother's daughter) E) MZS (mother's sister's son)

81) In a society with two exogamous lineages or moieties, who is the preferred cross-cousin bride for a male ego?

A) MBD (mother's brother's daughter) B) MZD (mother's sister's daughter) C) FBD (father's brother's daughter) D) FZS (father's sister's son) E) FZB (father's sister's brother)

82) Among the Yanomami of Venezuela and Brazil, as in many societies with unilineal descent, which of the following is true?

Version 1

17

A) Marriage between parallel cousins is preferred, whereas marriage between cross cousins is considered incest.

B) Marriage between cross cousins is preferred, whereas marriage between parallel cousins is considered incest.

C) Marriage between first cousins is preferred, but marriage between second cousins is considered incest.

D) Marriage between sororate cousins is preferred, although marriage between levirate cousins is considered incest.

E) Marriage between Crow cousins is preferred, but marriage between Omaha cousins is considered incest.

83)

What term refers to one of two descent groups in a given population?

A) levirate B) sororate C) moiety D) patriline E) matriline

84) In societies with unilineal descent, sex with cross cousins is proper, but sex with parallel cousins is considered incestuous. Why? A) Cross cousins are actually parallel cousins.

B) Societies with unilineal descent share a gene that impedes them from developing sexual urges for parallel cousins.

C) This behavior is a human universal explained by Freud's theory of attempt and contempt.

D) Cross cousins are considered closer relatives than all other kin.

E) Parallel cousins are considered relatives but cross cousins are not.

85) A recent cross-cultural study of 87 societies, all of which had incest taboos, investigated the rate at which such taboos were broken. The results of this study add to the evidence that

Version 1

18

A) cultural universals, like the human ability to make fire, always have a genetic basis.

B) Freud was right: Children everywhere have sexual feelings toward their parents.

C) although tabooed, incest does happen.

D) many societies need better educational systems.

E) many societies need better techniques of social control.

86)

The incest taboo is almost culturally universal, but A) some cultures have replaced it with the sororate.

B) not all cultures define incest the same way.

C) not all cultures know about the consequences of incest.

D) some cultures have replaced it with the levirate.

E) some cultures practice gerontology anyway.

87) There is no simple or universally accepted explanation for the fact that nearly all cultures ban incest. However, the most accepted explanation for the incest taboo is A) a genetically programmed instinctive horror.

B) a widespread and well-founded fear of biological degeneration.

C) that following rules of exogamy is adaptively advantageous.

D) that exogamy promotes genetic homogeneity.

E) that endogamy promotes sex with cross cousins.

88) What term refers to the practice of marrying someone within a group to which one belongs?

A) polyamory B) exogamy C) hypogamy D) endogamy E) endosperm

Version 1

19

89) Which of the following marital customs functions to maintain distinctions between groups?

A) progeny price B) the levirate C) the sororate D) sororal polygyny E) endogamy

90) The rise in female employment in the United States, especially in professional careers, when coupled with ________, has dramatically increased household incomes in the upper classes. This pattern has been one factor sharpening the contrast in household income between the richest and poorest quintiles of Americans.

A) homogamy B) serial monogamy C) polyamory D) sororal polygyny E) exogamy

91)

How do the rules of endogamy function in society?

A) They prove that the incest taboo is not the cultural universal it was once thought to be.

B) They encourage the extension of affinal bonds to an ever-widening circle of people.

C) They tend to maintain social distinctions between groups.

D) They expand the gene pool.

E) They extend kin ties across classes.

92) Anthropologist Edmund Leach (1955) observed that, depending on the society, several different kinds of rights are allocated by marriage. According to Leach, marriage can—but doesn't always—accomplish each of the following EXCEPT

Version 1

20

A) give either or both spouses a monopoly on the sexuality of the other.

B) give either or both spouses rights to the labor of the other.

C) give either or both spouses rights over the latent and manifest functions of the other.

D) give either or both spouses rights over the other's property.

E) establish a socially significant "relationship of affinity" between spouses and their relatives.

93) A cross-cultural study that systematically compared romantic love in many cultures found A) that while people everywhere know what love is, they experience it differently.

B) evolutionary evidence for romantic love in all the societies surveyed.

C) a rise in love matches over arranged marriages in industrialized societies, but the opposite trend in nonindustrialized societies.

D) a scholarly bias throughout the social sciences that views romantic love as a luxury in human life, especially in academia.

E) evidence that romantic love may be a universal, although romantic love and marriage do not necessarily go together.

94) true?

Which of the following statements about same-sex marriage in the United States today is

A) Because of the Defense of Marriage Act, married same-sex couples do not have the same federal rights and benefits as other legally married couples.

B) The 2015 Supreme Court case ofObergefell v. Hodges legalized same-sex marriage in the United States.

C) Same-sex marriage is only permissible in Vermont.

D) Unlike 21 other countries, same-sex marriage is illegal in the United States.

E) Although legal in most states, same-sex marriages are not recognized by the federal government.

95) A lobola, a substantial marital gift from the husband and his kin to the wife and her kin, such as among the BaThonga of Mozambique, is

Version 1

21

A) a form of bride theft.

B) only given for elopements.

C) the same as a dowry.

D) widespread in patrilineal societies.

E) widespread in matrilineal societies.

96)

Which of the following is ego's parallel cousin?

A) mother's brother's son B) mother's sister's son C) father's sister's daughter D) father's sister's son E) mother's brother's daughter

97)

All of the following are a form of polygamy EXCEPT

A) a man who marries, then divorces, then marries again, then divorces again, then marries again, each time to a different woman.

B) a man who has four wives simultaneously.

C) a woman who has three husbands, all of whom are brothers.

D) a man who has three wives, all of whom are sisters.

E) a woman who has two unrelated husbands.

98)

Which of the following statements about polyandry is most likely true?

A) It is found only among fishing communities in Madagascar.

B) It is a cultural adaptation to the high labor demands of rice cultivation.

C) It is a cultural adaptation to mobility associated with customary male travel for trade, commerce, and military operations.

D) It is almost always sororate.

E) It is legal in the United States.

Version 1

22

99) Which of the following statements about the role of the Internet in marriage and dating in contemporary societies is FALSE? A) Like the workplace, bars, parties, and churches, the Internet is part of what has been labeled the "marriage market."

B) The Internet has largely supplanted traditional "offline" partner shopping, which has dramatically faded in significance.

C) Online dating has become a multibillion dollar industry and a growing component of today’s marriage market.

D) One's offline social connections influence one's opinions and use of online dating.

E) Older people are more likely than younger ones to use online dating to find a partner.

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

100) Write a short essay in which you explain the difference between exogamy and endogamy.

Provide an example for each concept.

101)

Explain the difference between parallel cousins and cross cousins.

102) Write a brief essay in which you discuss how the incest taboo is addressed in cultures.

Discuss one way to avoid incest.

103) What is meant by royal endogamy? Define its functions in reference to one of the cultural cases from the chapter.

Version 1

23

104) Write a short response that discusses the third gender in Native American groups and if and how this changes their definition of marriage.

105) Explain what is meant by the idea of marriage as group alliance. Provide one example of a group alliance.

106) Discuss one of the cultural cases of divorce in the chapter and use it to make an anthropological observation about divorce in cross-cultural settings.

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

107) Write an essay that discusses three main aspects of marriage that were addressed in the chapter. Compare and contrast these aspects with your own understandings of marriage in your culture.

108) Define what is meant by plural marriages and then provide two cultural examples of how plural marriages function.

Version 1

24

109) Review the section, "The Online Marriage Market," and write an essay on how online dating varies cross culturally. Compare the online dating community with traditional dating in your culture.

110) How would you explain the near universality of the incest taboo? You may draw on one or more explanations.

111) Using what you know about cross-cultural comparisons of marital practices, discuss the following statement: Serial monogamy is the result of a cultural emphasis on individualism, whereas polygamy is the result of a cultural emphasis on social responsibility.

112)

Does the practice of paying a dowry necessarily imply gender inequality?

Version 1

25

113) Discuss some of the social functions of levirate and sororate marriage and identify the sociocultural context of these customs.

114) "A person can have multiple spouses without ever getting divorced." Using the concepts you have learned in this chapter, explain this seemingly contradictory statement.

115) This chapter includes several examples linking marriage practices with issues about property and inheritance. Describe these examples. Based on what you have learned so far about marriage, kinship, adaptive strategies, and political systems, can you suggest ways in which anthropologists could help explain relationships involving property?

Version 1

26

Answer Key Test name: Chap 11_19e_Kottak 1) TRUE 2) FALSE 3) TRUE 4) TRUE 5) TRUE 6) FALSE 7) TRUE 8) TRUE 9) FALSE 10) TRUE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE 13) FALSE 14) TRUE 15) TRUE 16) FALSE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) TRUE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) FALSE 23) TRUE 24) TRUE 25) TRUE 26) FALSE Version 1

27

27) TRUE 28) TRUE 29) TRUE 30) FALSE 31) TRUE 32) TRUE 33) FALSE 34) FALSE 35) FALSE 36) TRUE 37) TRUE 38) TRUE 39) FALSE 40) D 41) A 42) E 43) B 44) A 45) C 46) B 47) B 48) E 49) C 50) D 51) C 52) A 53) D 54) C 55) A 56) A Version 1

28

57) A 58) A 59) B 60) C 61) D 62) E 63) D 64) D 65) C 66) B 67) C 68) B 69) A 70) D 71) E 72) D 73) B 74) B 75) A 76) A 77) D 78) B 79) A 80) A 81) A 82) B 83) C 84) E 85) C 86) B Version 1

29

87) C 88) D 89) E 90) A 91) C 92) C 93) E 94) B 95) D 96) B 97) A 98) C 99) B 100)A good response will define exogamy (marriage outside a given group) and endogamy (marriage of people from the same group). The examples will vary but should connect back to the definitions of each of the terms.

101)The successful response will define parallel cousins (children of two brothers or two sisters) and cross cousins (children of a brother and a sister). See the chapter for more specifics.

102)The successful response will discuss one of the many examples of the avoidance of the incest taboo, such as exogamy. See the chapter for more specifics.

103) A good response will define royal endogamy as royal brother–sister marriages that violate the incest taboo. It will focus on the case of Hawaiians, who believe inmana. It can also include how royal endogamy serves political functions.

104)The successful short answer will use the terms "Two-Spirit" and "manly hearted woman" and will discuss how these additional genders influence the choice of marriage partners.

Version 1

30

105)A successful short answer will focus on the idea of marriage as an alliance—as a bringing together not just of individuals but of groups.

There will be variance in the example, but it may include gifts and durable alliances.

106) The successful short answer will define divorce as a process in which a marriage or union is ended. The examples will vary but will likely focus on the Hopi case that was addressed in the chapter. Political and economic forces among foragers may also be referenced. See the chapter for more specifics on divorce.

107)A good essay will develop three specific cases from the chapter.

While these will vary with each student, be sure to assess the accuracy of each of the three cases. There will also be variance in terms of how students express their insights about marriage (as these will vary with personal experiences and culture). Review the chapter as you assess the essays.

108)A good essay will define a plural marriage or polygamy as marriage to more than one spouse. The examples may include polygyny and polyandry and should draw on the cases from the chapter. See the chapter for more specifics on plural marriage.

109)The successful essay will focus on the various cultures where online dating is most prevalent and the cultures where it is least prevalent.

Successful answers will discuss the dating culture of the student's family or social group and how online dating may change this.

110) Answers will vary.

111) Answers will vary.

112) Answers will vary.

113) Answers will vary.

114) Answers will vary.

Version 1

31

115) Answers will vary.

Version 1

32

CHAPTER 12 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) Émile Durkheim, an early scholar of religion, stressed what he termed religious "effervescence," the bubbling up of collective emotional intensity generated by worship. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2) Like ethnicity and language, religion is associated with social divisions within and between societies and nations. ⊚ true ⊚ false

3) According to Sir Edward Burnett Tylor, religion evolved from polytheism to animism to monotheism. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4) In Melanesia, mana is a sacred, impersonal force that resides in people, animals, plants, and objects. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5) According to Bronislaw Malinowski, religion provides people with emotional comfort during a crisis. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6) Animism, the belief in souls or doubles, is thought by some to be the earliest form of religion. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

1

7) By participating in a ritual, the participants signal that they accept the common social and moral order, one that transcends their status as individuals. ⊚ true ⊚ false

8)

Rites of passage involve three phases: separation, liminality, and totemism. ⊚ true ⊚ false

9) Communitas is the strong feeling of collective unity shared by individuals at the core of a society who define themselves in opposition to the society's liminal members. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10) There has been an increase in the percentage of religiously unaffiliated Americans between 2009 and 2019. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11)

Religion can be used as a powerful means of controlling society. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12) Witch hunts are an example of how religion can be used to limit deviant social behavior by instilling strong motivations to behave properly. ⊚ true ⊚ false

13)

Shamans are full-time religious practitioners generally found in state-level societies. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

2

14) Max Weber argued that the spread of capitalism was closely linked to the ethics and values of Catholicism. ⊚ true ⊚ false

15) In 2015, there were approximately 2.3 billion Christians worldwide, making it the world's largest religion. ⊚ true ⊚ false

16) Worldwide, Islam is growing at a rate of about 2.9 percent annually, compared with 2.3 percent for Christianity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17) After Christians and Muslims, the unaffiliated constitute the third-largest group worldwide with respect to religious affiliation. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18) A syncretism is a mixture of cultural influences from a series of different cultural traditions. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19) The cargo cults of Melanesia functioned to integrate Melanesians and set the stage for the formation of political parties and economic interest groups. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20)

Religious fundamentalism is as old as religion itself. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

3

21) Antimodernism is a rejection of the modern in favor of what is perceived as an earlier, purer, better way of life. ⊚ true ⊚ false

22) Fundamentalists are not among those who feel alienated from the perceived secularism of modern culture. ⊚ true ⊚ false

23) To Kottak, the widespread U.S. belief that recreation and religion are separate domains is both ethnocentric and false. Further, it may be taking the "fun" out of religion. ⊚ true ⊚ false

24) Like Catholicism, Pentecostalism is hierarchical and adherents need special education to preach or to run a church. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25)

Behaviors associated with sports fandom could be considered secular rituals. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26)

Anthropologists agree that religion exists in all human societies. ⊚ true ⊚ false

27)

Bronislaw Malinowski argued for a distinction between "a religion" and "religion." ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

4

28)

"A sacred, impersonal force" describes mana. ⊚ true ⊚ false

29)

The belief in a single, all-powerful deity is the definition of polytheism. ⊚ true ⊚ false

30) "Formal, repetitive, stereotyped behavior; based on a liturgical order" is the definition of a ritual. ⊚ true ⊚ false

31)

The first stage of a rite of passage is incorporation. ⊚ true ⊚ false

32)

Contemporary rites of passage include confirmations, baptisms, and bar and bat mitzvahs. ⊚ true ⊚ false

33) The Hindu doctrine of ahimsa is a principle of nonviolence that forbids the killing of animals generally. ⊚ true ⊚ false

34) A survey of 199 countries by the Pew Research Center found that Islam was the most common state religion, endorsed by 27 countries. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

5

35)

Like political organization, religion helps maintain social order. ⊚ true ⊚ false

36)

Cargo cults appear in Melanesia. ⊚ true ⊚ false

37) Rejection of the modern for a presumed earlier, purer, better way is a description of revitalization movements. ⊚ true ⊚ false

38) One problem with the anthropological definition of religion is related to the existence of secular rituals. ⊚ true ⊚ false

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

39) Émile Durkheim, an early scholar of religion, stressed what he termed religious "effervescence." Anthropologists too have stressed A) that proper analysis requires separation of collective re-creation from collective religion.

B) that religious worlds are real, vivid, and significant to those who construct and inhabit them.

C) the analysis of the use of behavior-altering drugs in religious experience.

D) the collective as well as individual universality of religion.

E) the qualities that make religion present in some societies but not in others.

40)

Which of the following happens in the first phase of a rite of passage?

Version 1

6

A) People withdraw from ordinary society.

B) People are in a limbo.

C) People leave one status and enter or join the next status.

D) People enter society for the first time.

E) People enter a new stage of life.

41) Who focused on religion's explanatory role and argued that religion would eventually disappear as science provided better explanations?

A) Margaret Mead B) Claude Lévi-Strauss C) Sir E. E. Evans-Pritchard D) Sir Edward Burnett Tylor E) Bronislaw Malinowski

42)

Animism, polytheism, and monotheism are the

A) three kinds of religion that exist in the world today.

B) stages of ritual, according to Victor Turner.

C) stages, according to Edward Tylor, through which religion evolved.

D) stages through which all present-day religions have passed.

E) names for the three psychological needs that all individuals have, thus explaining the universality of religion.

43) What kind of religion is based on the idea that each human has a double that is active during sleep?

A) animatism B) totemism C) animism D) mana E) polytheism

Version 1

7

44) Besides animism—and sometimes coexisting with it in the same society—there is a view of the supernatural as a domain of impersonal power, or force, that people can control under certain conditions. This conception of the supernatural is particularly prominent in Melanesia.

Melanesians refer to this force as A) taboo.

B) magic.

C) good (or bad) luck.

D) The Force.

E) mana.

45)

Rituals such as totemic ceremonies are A) rites of passage.

B) rites of intensification.

C) rites of individuality.

D) syncretisms.

E) taboos.

46) ________ magic is based on the belief that whatever is done to an object will affect a person who once had contact with it.

A) Contagious B) Imitative C) Serial D) Sequential E) Simultaneous

47) Religion and magic don't just explain things and help people accomplish goals—they also enter the realm of human feelings. In other words,

Version 1

8

A) they serve emotional needs as well as cognitive (i.e., explanatory) ones.

B) religion helps reduce differences by promoting brotherly love.

C) they determine the emotional well-being of all their practitioners.

D) they often lead to extreme psychological disruption and even mental illness.

E) they are psychologically and cognitively relevant, but these realms are well contained and have no effect beyond the mental well-being of the practitioner.

48) Bronislaw Malinowski found that the Trobriand Islanders used magic when sailing, a hazardous activity. He proposed that A) people turn to magic to instill psychological stress on their competitors, especially when the fish supply is very low.

B) magic actually reduced the fishing success of the Trobriand Islanders, but at least they did not feel directly responsible, since then they could blame it on bad luck.

C) magic was a surprisingly effective stand-in for proper fishing skills and experience because it made people confident in their capabilities.

D) because people can't control matters such as wind, weather, and the fish supply, they turn to magic.

E) magic emboldened people to take more risks.

49)

Which of the following is true about rites of passage?

A) Rites of passage can be collective or individual.

B) Despite their prevalence during the time that Victor Turner did his research, rites of passage have disappeared with the advent of modern life.

C) Participants in rites of passage are only tricked into believing that there was a big change in their lives.

D) Rites of passage only worsen the anxieties caused by other aspects of religion.

E) Rites of passage would be effective in diminishing anxiety and fear if they did not involve the liminal phase.

50)

Which of the following is NOT among contemporary rites of passage?

Version 1

9

A) initiation B) fasting C) baptism D) marriage E) bat mitzvah

51) All rites of passage have three phases: separation, liminality, and incorporation. Of these three, the liminal phase—which is the most interesting—is typically characterized by A) intensification of the social hierarchy.

B) the formation of an implicit ranking system.

C) the use of secular language.

D) reversals of ordinary behavior.

E) no change in the social norms.

52)

Which of the following statements is true of unaffiliated Americans?

A) They have a median age of 52 years, compared with 36 years for mainline Protestants.

B) Men are much more likely than women to be unaffiliated.

C) There has been a decline in the percentage of unaffiliated Americans since 2009.

D) In 2019, 65 percent of American adults described themselves as unaffiliated.

E) Self-identified atheists constitute the largest group of unaffiliated Americans.

53)

What is the third phase of a rite of passage?

A) syncretism B) incorporation C) separation D) liminality E) animism

54)

What is communitas?

Version 1

10

A) a social inequality that is accepted even by those who are less privileged B) the social aspect of collective liminality C) anxiety D) the Latin word formana E) the supernatural

55)

Identify a true statement about cargo cults.

A) They attempt to explain European domination and wealth.

B) They are a form of secular movements.

C) They are religious responses to the decline of the world capitalist economy.

D) They are syncretisms that blend Aboriginal and Hindu beliefs.

E) They arise in colonial situations in which local people have the same wealth, technology, and living standards as outsiders.

56) Anthropologist Scott Atran characterizes militants and terrorists as ________, individuals who are willing to kill and die for values and beliefs they consider to be sacred and unquestionable.

A) devoted actors B) jihad tourists C) syncretics D) liminal people E) secular artists

57) Studies of how beliefs and rituals function as part of a group's cultural adaptation to its environment are an illustration of A) how religion can play a prominent role in cultural ecology.

B) the dangers that religious effervescence can pose to the environment if it is not contained.

C) how nonhuman primates also have a capacity for religion, although it is very limited.

D) the dangers of extending the realm of religion to nature.

E) the fact that religion is evolutionarily adaptive.

Version 1

11

58) Which of the following is NOT a reason that the Indian sacred cow can be considered adaptive?

A) Zebu cattle require less food per animal than do beef cattle.

B) Wandering cattle indirectly provide fertilizer for agricultural fields.

C) Zebu cattle are frequently slaughtered and their meat distributed on ceremonial occasions.

D) Cattle dung provides a cheap source of heating and cooking energy.

E) Cattle are an affordable form of power for peasant farmers.

59) Which of the following tend to be directed at socially marginal individuals as a method of social control?

A) blood feuds B) Olympian religions C) rites of passage D) cargo cults E) witchcraft accusations

60)

A "world-rejecting religion" is one that A) focuses on salvation through separation from the supernatural.

B) rejects worldly goods and popular culture.

C) is polytheistic or monotheistic and is led by a shaman.

D) has been rejected by the world.

E) rejects the natural world and focuses on a higher realm of reality.

61)

Which of the following is a difference between Pentecostals and fundamentalists?

Version 1

12

A) Unlike Pentecostals, fundamentalists preach ascetic morality and respect for the Bible.

B) Unlike Pentecostals, fundamentalists seek to remake the political sphere along religious lines.

C) Unlike Pentecostals, fundamentalists find assurance of their salvation in exuberant, ecstatic experience.

D) Unlike fundamentalists, Pentecostals tend to cite their success in living a moral life as proof of their salvation.

E) Unlike fundamentalists, Pentecostals preach the duty to convert others.

62)

Which of the following kinds of religion involves full-time religious specialists?

A) communal religion B) shamanistic religion C) Olympian religion D) individualistic cult E) idiosyncratic belief system

63) Protestant values such as asceticism and entrepreneurship as a result of the belief that success on Earth could lead to salvation and a fervent individualism due to the belief that only individuals could be saved, both lead in the right conditions to the rise of capitalism. Who made this argument?

A) Claude Lévi-Strauss in his famous bookThe Savage Mind B) Robert Bellah C) Anthony F. C. Wallace in his attempt to show religion's relevance in understanding historical change D) Sir Edward Burnett Tylor E) Max Weber in his influential bookThe Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism

64) Which of the following is one of the most important activities in Pentecostal culture that has greatly aided its expansion?

Version 1

13

A) active evangelization B) the use of media and televangelism C) a strict hierarchy D) heavy funding from North America E) a Western political agenda

65) Which of the following groups see a sharp divide between themselves and other religions, as well as between their own "sacred" view of life and the "secular" world?

A) mainline Protestants B) Haredi Jews C) Pentecostals D) Hindus E) communitas

66)

Cargo cults, syncretisms that mix Aboriginal and Christian beliefs, are

A) culturally defined activities associated with the transition from one place or stage of life to another.

B) a religious response to the expansion of the world capitalist economy, often with political and economic consequences.

C) cultural acts that mock the widespread but erroneous belief of European cultural supremacy.

D) just like religious fundamentalism in that they are ancient cultural phenomena enjoying a rebirth in current world affairs.

E) antimodernist movements that reject anything Western.

67)

Which of the following statements about religion is FALSE? A) It is a cultural construction, therefore not a reality.

B) It can both create and maintain divisions within society.

C) It is sometimes a source of conflict.

D) It is, in some cases, ecologically adaptive.

E) It can both create and maintain social solidarity.

Version 1

14

68)

Which of the following statements about religion is FALSE?

A) The specifics of religious beliefs and practices vary from society to society.

B) Religion is often an instrument of societal change, even revolution.

C) Religion serves only to maintain social solidarity; it does not create or maintain societal divisions.

D) Religion is a cultural universal.

E) Religious beliefs can help regulate the economy.

69) Evangelical Protestantism is experiencing rapid growth in all of the following regions EXCEPT A) the Middle East.

B) sub-Saharan Africa.

C) Central Africa.

D) Latin America.

E) Brazil.

70)

Which of the following is NOT a problem with defining religion?

A) There are both sacred and secular rituals.

B) Distinctions between the supernatural and the natural are not consistently made in a society, making it difficult to tell what a religion is and what it isn't.

C) Behaviors considered appropriate for religious occasions vary across cultures.

D) Only one religion can be considered true, so all others must be classified as myth.

E) Defining religion with reference to supernatural powers makes it difficult to classify ritual-like behavior in secular contexts.

71)

One of the most famous definitions of religion was offered by

Version 1

15

A) Margaret Mead.

B) Anthony Wallace.

C) Franz Boas.

D) Edmund Leach.

E) Edward Sapir.

72)

The Latin origin of the term religion suggests that religion A) offers people a sense of hope.

B) presents the world as enchanted with supernatural forces.

C) binds people together.

D) deceives people.

E) makes false promises.

73)

Long ago, ________ argued for a distinction between "a religion" and "religion."

A) Margaret Mead B) Anthony Wallace C) Franz Boas D) Edmund Leach E) Edward Sapir

74)

Belief and ritual concerned with supernatural beings, powers, and forces is known as A) ritual.

B) mana.

C) fundamentalism.

D) cosmology.

E) religion.

75)

Like ethnicity and language, religion

Version 1

16

A) unites and divides.

B) creates economic distinctions among people.

C) creates harmony among people.

D) focuses on culture.

E) is not a focus of ethnographic study.

76)

The belief in multiple deities who control aspects of nature is referred to as A) mana.

B) taboo.

C) cosmology.

D) polytheism.

E) monotheism.

77)

The belief in a single, all-powerful deity is known as A) mana.

B) taboo.

C) animism.

D) polytheism.

E) monotheism.

78)

"Sacred and forbidden" best describes A) mana.

B) taboo.

C) animism.

D) polytheism.

E) monotheism.

79)

"Prohibition backed by supernatural sanctions" defines the term

Version 1

17

A) mana.

B) taboo.

C) animism.

D) polytheism.

E) monotheism.

80)

A sacred, impersonal force is known as A) mana.

B) taboo.

C) animism.

D) polytheism.

E) monotheism.

81)

The belief in spiritual beings such as souls or doubles is known as A) mana.

B) taboo.

C) animism.

D) fundamentalism.

E) monotheism.

82)

One geographic region that is connected to a belief in mana is A) Mexico.

B) the United States.

C) Vatican City.

D) Polynesia.

E) Russia.

83)

According to Malinowski, when people ________, they turned from technology to magic.

Version 1

18

A) lacked potential in society B) were confronted with situations beyond their control C) had no sense of hope D) believed in the afterlife E) talked to missionaries

84)

The concept of animism is most closely connected with the work of A) Sir Edward Burnett Tylor.

B) Bronislaw Malinowski.

C) Franz Boas.

D) Edmund Leach.

E) Edward Sapir.

85)

The use of supernatural techniques to accomplish specific ends is known as A) magic.

B) animism.

C) monotheism.

D) mana.

E) ritual.

86)

The voodoo doll is an example of A) a rite of passage.

B) contagious magic.

C) imitative magic.

D) mana.

E) a ritual.

87)

In ________, a desired effect is produced by replicating it.

Version 1

19

A) a rite of passage B) contagious magic C) imitative magic D) mana E) a ritual

88) The system in which whatever is done to an object is believed to affect a person who once had contact with it is known as A) animism.

B) contagious magic.

C) imitative magic.

D) mana.

E) totemism.

89)

George Gmelch offered an interesting study of magic that dealt with A) college dormitories.

B) business board rooms.

C) churches.

D) rivers.

E) baseball.

90)

A system—often religious—for imagining and understanding the universe is referred to as A) a ritual.

B) a rite of passage.

C) cosmology.

D) liminality.

E) communitas.

91) A sacred or symbolically important animal, plant, or geographic feature associated with a specific social group is known as Version 1

20

A) a totem.

B) a leveling mechanism.

C) a shaman.

D) mana.

E) a taboo.

92)

An intense feeling of social solidarity is called A) a ritual.

B) mana.

C) community.

D) communitas.

E) a totem.

93)

"Formal, repetitive, stereotyped behavior; based on a liturgical order" describes the term A) totemism.

B) contagious magic.

C) imitative magic.

D) mana.

E) ritual.

94)

Customs marking transitions between places or stages of life are called A) rituals.

B) rites of passage.

C) cosmologies.

D) liminalities.

E) communitas.

95)

The three phases in a rite of passage are separation, ________, and incorporation.

Version 1

21

A) ritual B) passage C) cosmology D) liminality E) communitas

96)

The in-between phase of a rite of passage is known as A) ritual.

B) separation.

C) cosmology.

D) liminality.

E) communitas.

97)

The Hindu doctrine of ahimsa was connected to the issue of religion and A) doctrine.

B) taboo.

C) social control.

D) hierarchy.

E) magic.

98) ________ is the general term encompassing curers, mediums, spiritualists, astrologers, palm readers, and other independent diviners.

A) Totem B) Communitas C) Shaman D) Mana E) Liminality

99) Societies with productive economies (based on agriculture and trade) and large, dense populations typically have Version 1

22

A) part-time shamans.

B) professional priesthoods.

C) the use of spells only.

D) few religious institutions.

E) agnosticism.

100)

Social movements aimed at altering a society are referred to as A) fundamentalist movements.

B) syncretisms.

C) antimodernist movements.

D) revitalization movements.

E) leveling mechanisms.

101)

Cultural mixes emerging from acculturation, especially those that are religious, are called A) fundamentalist movements.

B) syncretisms.

C) communitas.

D) revitalization movements.

E) antimodernist movements.

102)

Postcolonial, acculturative religious movements in Melanesia are called A) fundamentalist movements.

B) syncretisms.

C) cargo cults.

D) radicalization movements.

E) antimodernist movements.

103)

Advocating strict fidelity to a religion's presumed founding principles is referred to as

Version 1

23

A) fundamentalism.

B) a syncretism.

C) a cargo cult.

D) revitalization.

E) antimodernism.

104)

Rejecting the modern for a presumed earlier, purer, better way of life is known as A) fundamentalism.

B) syncretism.

C) cultism.

D) revitalization.

E) antimodernism.

105)

One of the three concerns with the idea of secular ritual was that

A) secular rituals seem more serious than religious rituals.

B) secular rituals seem less serious than religious rituals.

C) religious rituals are too commonly the focus of anthropological study.

D) the behavior considered appropriate for religious occasions varies tremendously from culture to culture.

E) there is common agreement about what is a religious ritual and what is a secular ritual.

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

106) Write a short essay in which you discuss how anthropologists define religion. What are some key features that anthropologists attribute to religion? What are some things that anthropologists pay attention to when they study religion in society?

107)

What is meant by communitas? How does it relate to religion?

Version 1

24

108)

Describe the differences between monotheism and polytheism.

109) Write a short answer that defines mana. Where is it found and what are its purposes? Do you have any experiences with mana?

110) Discuss Malinowski's view on religion as it relates to uncertainty and anxiety in culture.

Provide an example that illustrates what Malinowski meant.

111)

What is a shaman? How does the shaman differ from a priest?

112)

How is Evangelical Protestantism changing the religious landscape of Brazil?

Version 1

25

113) Write a short essay on religion, change, and globalization. Overall, what sorts of changes are we witnessing in terms of the worldwide picture of religion? Next, choose one of the following concepts or cases: revitalization movements, syncretisms, new and alternative religious movements, Evangelical Protestantism and Pentecostalism, hybridization, antimodernism, and fundamentalism. Describe this concept or case and relate it to an example.

114) Discuss what is meant by secular ritual and provide an example. Next, describe how the concept of secular ritual challenges the anthropological definition of religion.

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

115) How do you explain the universality of religion?

116) On the basis of theories about the origins and functions of religion, what are the functions that organized religion serves in U.S. society? Can religion in the United States be described as embedded in other sociocultural institutions, such as politics? If you have spent most of your life in a different country, feel free to write about religion in that country.

117) Contrast ritual behavior with ordinary behavior. Give examples of religious and secular rituals. What are the main differences between such kinds of rituals?

Version 1

26

118) What are the similarities and differences between religions of foraging societies and those of nation-states? How do these compare with Olympian religions and monotheism? What kinds of general evolutionary trends are discernible in religious worship?

119)

Discuss two cases illustrating religion's role in social change.

120) Is religion declining or becoming increasingly important in contemporary society? Why? If you believe that religion is declining, what is replacing it?

121) Ironically, religious fundamentalism is a very modern phenomenon. Why is this an irony?

How does learning about the concept of modernism in the context of a chapter on anthropology and religion alter, if at all, the way you understand world events today?

Version 1

27

122) Write an essay that defines a rite of passage. Next, describe the three stages of a rite of passage and how each affects the initiate. Use an example that will help you detail each of the three stages and the impacts on the individual.

Version 1

28

Answer Key Test name: Chap 12_19e_Kottak 1) TRUE 2) TRUE 3) FALSE 4) TRUE 5) TRUE 6) TRUE 7) TRUE 8) FALSE 9) FALSE 10) TRUE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE 13) FALSE 14) FALSE 15) TRUE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) TRUE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) FALSE 23) TRUE 24) FALSE 25) TRUE 26) TRUE Version 1

29

27) FALSE 28) TRUE 29) FALSE 30) TRUE 31) FALSE 32) TRUE 33) TRUE 34) TRUE 35) TRUE 36) TRUE 37) FALSE 38) TRUE 39) B 40) A 41) D 42) C 43) C 44) E 45) B 46) A 47) A 48) D 49) A 50) B 51) D 52) B 53) B 54) B 55) A 56) A Version 1

30

57) A 58) C 59) E 60) E 61) B 62) C 63) E 64) A 65) B 66) B 67) A 68) C 69) C 70) D 71) B 72) C The etymology or meaning ofreligion suggests that many religions bind people together.

73) E 74) E 75) A 76) D 77) E 78) B 79) B 80) A 81) C 82) D 83) B 84) A Version 1

31

85) A 86) C 87) C 88) B 89) E 90) C 91) A 92) D 93) E 94) B 95) D 96) D 97) B 98) C 99) B 100) D 101) B 102) C 103) A 104) E 105) D 106)Student answers will vary.

107)A good response should define communitas as intense feelings of social solidarity. The next part of the response will likely address religion as both a social phenomenon and as a force in creating intense feelings of social solidarity.

108)The successful response will describe monotheism as the belief in a single, all-powerful deity and polytheism as the worship of multiple deities who control aspects of nature.

Version 1

32

109) A good response will define mana as a sacred, impersonal force and will also express that it is found in Polynesia and Melanesia. It will describe how it operates—such as existing in plants, animals, people, objects, and places. Responses might also connect the concept to good luck. The final section will vary in terms of the student's experiences but should, overall, connect back to the original definition.

110)The response should address Malinowski's functionalism and the notion that people turn to religion (and magic) when situations are beyond their control and include high anxiety. Thus, religion can address these unfilled human needs. Examples will vary but should connect back to Malinowski's ideas.

111)The good response will contrast a shaman as a part-time religious specialist with a priest as a full-time specialist. It will likely also detail specifics in terms of the role for each (e.g,. shaman as intermediary, healer, etc.). It may also connect the types of societies to the specialist (for example, the connections of priests to productive economies and nations).

112)Answers will vary.

113)Students' answers will vary.

114) The good response should define a secular ritual as one that includes formal, invariant, stereotyped, earnest, repetitive behavior and rites of passage that take place in nonreligious settings. Next, the response should choose from the three issues that were discussed: using religious definitions of ritual to understand secular rituals; an inconsistent distinction of the natural and the supernatural in society; and the behavior considered religious varies greatly from one culture to the next.

115) Answers will vary.

116) Answers will vary.

Version 1

33

117) Answers will vary.

118) Answers will vary.

119) Answers will vary.

120) Answers will vary.

121) Answers will vary.

122) A good essay will define a rite of passage as any rite that marks a transition between places or stages in life. The second segment should detail each stage—separation, liminality (transition), and incorporation.

Examples will vary but should be assessed to determine their relationship to a clear understanding of each of the three stages of the rite of passage.

Version 1

34

CHAPTER 13 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) Expressive culture refers to the appreciation of qualities perceived in art. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2)

An artistic atmosphere can be created without museums. ⊚ true ⊚ false

3) In the oral arts, the audience is much more interested in the delivery and performance of the artist than in the particular god for whom the performer may be speaking. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4) For familiar genres, such as painting or music, societies tend to lack standards by which they judge whether an artwork is complete or fully realized. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5) As compared to artists in a tribal setting, artists in Western societies are more likely to get feedback during the creative process. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6) Learning to appreciate certain kinds of music and other art forms is similar to learning to hear and decipher a foreign language. ⊚ true ⊚ false

7)

There was, in Navajo belief, a right way to sing every kind of song. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

1

8) Media consumers actively select, evaluate, and interpret media in ways that make sense to them. ⊚ true ⊚ false

9) A cultural product that is processed and assigned meaning by anyone exposed to it is called folk art. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10) Though Brazilians are inherently social, WhatsApp's growth rate in Brazil has been minimal. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11)

American culture has a remarkable faith in the possibility of coming from behind. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12) In the field of sports, the American media focuses on unexpected factors outside of human control, while the Brazilian media places more responsibility—and blame—on the individual. ⊚ true ⊚ false

13)

All art is objectively beautiful. ⊚ true ⊚ false

14) Expressive culture refers to the components of a culture that are expressed publicly, as opposed to the private aspects of culture that are hidden from anthropologists.

Version 1

2

⊚ ⊚

true false

15) Art and religion are similar, because both refer to aspects of culture that are of more than ordinary significance. ⊚ true ⊚ false

16)

Appreciating art involves an aesthetic appreciation of form as well as feeling. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17)

Nonstate societies generally lack permanent, specialized venues for art and religion. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18) In the United States, there is a sharp distinction between what is considered art and what is not. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19) In modern states, there tends to be much more uniformity in the culture's artistic standards compared to in less stratified societies. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20) Among the Kalabari, wood sculptures represent the highest form of purely artistic representation of loved ones. ⊚ true ⊚ false

21) To some extent, there is more collective production and performance of art in nonWestern societies than in Western, industrialized states.

Version 1

3

⊚ ⊚

true false

22) During his work among the Tiv, Bohannan found that critics played a key role in the creative process for the production of works of art. ⊚ true ⊚ false

23)

Music is one of the most social kinds of artistic expression. ⊚ true ⊚ false

24) Some researchers have proposed that early humans with a biological penchant for music may have been able to live more effectively in social groups, thus conferring an adaptive advantage to this penchant. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25) The Native Australian wooden wind instrument that is a popular "tribal" instrument and now exported all over the world is called a didgeridoo. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26) Because appreciation of the arts is acquired through enculturation, what one finds aesthetically pleasing depends in part on one's cultural background. ⊚ true ⊚ false

27) Winning in team sports is an important cultural value in Brazil as well as the United States. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

4

28) "Readers" of a text make their own interpretations and derive their own feelings from it.

"Readers" of media messages constantly produce their own meanings. ⊚ true ⊚ false

29) Brazilians' inherent sociability helps account for the explosive growth of online social network use in their country. ⊚ true ⊚ false

30) The media offer a rich web of external connections—through cable, satellite, the Internet, television, movies, radio, telephones, print, and other sources—that can provide contact, information, entertainment, and potential social validation. ⊚ true ⊚ false

31) The study of television's impact on people's behavior, attitudes, and values is the domain of sociologists, not anthropologists. ⊚ true ⊚ false

32) Anthropologist W. Arens (1981) argued that the reason football is such a peculiarly U.S. pastime is that Americans enjoy particularly violent sports. ⊚ true ⊚ false

33)

Cultural values, social forces, and the media influence international sports success. ⊚ true ⊚ false

34) In the context of art and religion in nonstate societies, an example of the mixing of art and religion are the various rites of passage which involve music, dance, and body art. ⊚ true ⊚ false Version 1

5

35) The goal of the carvings of wooden sculptures among the Kalabari of southern Nigeria is the achievement of the highest standards of beauty. ⊚ true ⊚ false

36) One of the criticisms against those who work with Western art is that they tend to place more emphasis on the social nature and context of art while ignoring the individual artist. ⊚ true ⊚ false

37) Paul Bohannan (1971) found that the Tiv tribe of Nigeria does not recognize individuality the way it is recognized in Western societies as it is common for artists to work on art that was being worked on by others. ⊚ true ⊚ false

38) In the context of the focus on individuality in Western societies, Haapala (1998) argues that an artist and his or her works can be separated easily. ⊚ true ⊚ false

39) The Internet has played an important role in letting ordinary individuals express their opinions and become potential critics. ⊚ true ⊚ false

40) Cave paintings from the Upper Paleolithic period discovered in Europe are unusual because they are easily accessible, which shows that they were made for aesthetic reasons. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

6

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

41) ________ include(s) storytelling, visual arts, literature, music, and performance arts.

A) Performance culture B) Aesthetics C) Expressive culture D) Arts E) Humanities

42)

Which term refers to the appreciation of qualities perceived in art?

A) performance culture B) aesthetics C) expressive culture D) arts E) art

43) as

Dance, music, painting, sculpture, pottery, cloth, stories, drama, comedy, etc. are known

A) performance culture.

B) aesthetics.

C) expressive culture.

D) arts.

E) art.

44) Which term refers to an object, event, or other expressive form that evokes an aesthetic reaction?

A) performance culture B) aesthetics C) expressive culture D) arts E) art

Version 1

7

45) Among the ________ the word for art— ona—encompasses designs on objects, art objects, and the creators of such works.

A) Polynesians B) Yoruba C) Bwa D) Bamana E) Kalabari

46)

According to the chapter, a work of art

A) can attract attention and have special significance without being considered beautiful.

B) will usually not result in political circumstances.

C) can be understood only by art historians and art critics.

D) is unrelated to the social and cultural contexts in which it is understood and interpreted.

E) is unrelated to the social and cultural contexts in which it was produced.

47)

Western cultures tend to conceptualize art as A) a noneconomic entity.

B) a product of children and the elderly.

C) something that is created by all members of the culture.

D) deeply connected to everyday life and ordinary culture.

E) something apart from everyday life.

48)

That which is aesthetically pleasing is A) unknown to the general public.

B) generally disconnected from the culture in which it was made.

C) perceived by the senses.

D) usually that which is expensive.

E) unfathomable by cultural anthropologists.

Version 1

8

49) Jacques Maquet (1986) distinguishes between "art by transformation" and art created and intended to be art, which he called A) "art by form."

B) "art by formalistics."

C) "art by space."

D) "art by function."

E) "art by destination."

50)

Aesthetic value is one way of distinguishing art; another way is to consider A) economics.

B) argument.

C) symbols.

D) placement.

E) evolution.

51) Just as religious scholars distinguish between the sacred and the profane, art scholars may distinguish between the artistic and the A) religious.

B) secular.

C) economic.

D) ordinary.

E) academic.

52) According to ________ an artwork is something that stimulates and sustains contemplation.

A) the Yoruba B) Jacques Maquet C) the Bamana D) Jean-François Lyotard E) Erna Gunther

Version 1

9

53)

The experience of art involves feeling as well as A) evolution.

B) biology.

C) random thoughts.

D) appreciation of form.

E) noncognitive thought.

54)

Just as churches demarcate religion, ________ set art off from the ordinary world.

A) theme parks B) temples C) business offices D) museums and theaters E) shopping malls

55) of

In the case of tribal performances, arts and religion mix, such as in the chapter's example

A) art action at cultural museums.

B) canoe magic.

C) masked costumed performers imitating spirits.

D) the desecration of religious icons.

E) Bamana clowns.

56) Among the ________, wooden sculptures are carved not for aesthetic reasons but to serve as "houses" for spirits.

A) Navajo B) Yoruba C) Bwa D) Bamana E) Kalabari

Version 1

10

57)

One type of music that might be especially relevant to contemporary ethnomusicology is A) Western classical.

B) jazz.

C) punk.

D) World Beat.

E) country.

58)

Which term refers to the comparative study of music as an aspect of culture and society?

A) ethnomusicology B) folk C) catharsis D) text E) musicology

59)

What do many ethnographic films start off with?

A) images of nature B) music, often drumbeats C) sculptures of animals D) masks E) city images

60) Which term means "of the people" and is especially applied to the art, music, and lore of ordinary people?

A) ethnomusicology B) folk C) catharsis D) text E) musicology

Version 1

11

61)

One controversial art show in New York included a desecrated image of A) the president.

B) Franz Boas.

C) John Wayne.

D) the Bible.

E) the Virgin Mary.

62)

Which word means "intense emotional release"?

A) ethnomusicology B) folk C) catharsis D) text E) musicology

63) McAllester found that Navajo music reflected the overall culture in three main ways— individualism, foreign music as dangerous, and a(n) A) general stress on proper form applied to music.

B) sensibility promoting the communal qualities of music.

C) emphasis on politics.

D) sense of the divine.

E) overall focus on cosmology.

64)

In many cultures, ________ play(s) an important role in the transmission of culture.

A) cognition B) wooden tools C) phonetics D) storytelling E) biology

Version 1

12

65) Which term refers to a cultural product that is processed and assigned meaning by anyone exposed to it?

A) ethnomusicology B) folk C) catharsis D) text E) musicology

66)

In Brazil, greater use of all media was part of a(n) ________ orientation.

A) selfish B) consumerist C) external D) internal E) economic

67) In Kottak's study of television in Brazil, the average woman had a TV set in her home for ________ years.

A) 2 B) 4 C) 6 D) 8 E) 15

68)

In Kottak's study of television in Brazil, the families Brazilians saw on TV tended to have A) fewer children than traditional small-town Brazilians did.

B) more children than traditional small-town Brazilians did.

C) lower socioeconomic status.

D) stricter religious prohibitions.

E) more extensive concerns about table etiquette.

Version 1

13

69)

In Brazil, TV exposure was closely connected to A) family planning.

B) abortion.

C) gender.

D) body image.

E) estate systems.

70)

In Brazil, identity rests on ________ rather than doing.

A) being B) performing C) earning D) taxing E) relating

71)

Sports and media both reflect and ________ culture.

A) influence B) negate C) make impossible D) hypothesize E) mirror

72)

Brazilian athletes are expected to A) compete without pay.

B) be stand-ins for their entire country.

C) be extremely competitive.

D) avoid using their celebrity for product endorsements.

E) be extremely cautious with their diets.

73)

The "anything is possible" mentality of American culture shows that Americans are

Version 1

14

A) an ascribed status society.

B) less likely to cheer for the underdog.

C) more likely to talk about the failure of the loser.

D) achievement-oriented.

E) better athletes.

74)

________ is synonymous with the arts.

A) Social creativity B) Aesthetics C) Myth D) Expressive culture E) Performance

75) Which of the following statements is true regarding the relationship between art and religion?

A) All non-Western art is produced anonymously and for religious purposes.

B) Art is produced for religious purposes as well as for its aesthetic value.

C) All of the greatest accomplishments in Western art have been commissioned by formal religions.

D) Since nonstate societies lack permanent buildings dedicated to art (museums) or religion (temples, churches), there is no link between art and religion in these societies.

E) Western art is divorced from religion.

76)

What kind of society most likely has buildings dedicated to the arts?

A) band B) tribe C) forager D) segmentary lineage E) state

Version 1

15

77)

Why do the Kalabari carve wooden sculptures of spirits?

A) purely for aesthetic reasons B) as an artifact of colonialism, as the carvings were a form of resistance to colonial intrusion and were used in voodoo rituals C) to market and sell them on the world market D) to manipulate spiritual forces, illustrating that not all sculpture is art E) to serve as voodoo dolls

78) true?

Which of the following statements about individual artists in non-Western societies is

A) They tend to be iconoclastic and antisocial.

B) They tend to get more feedback during the artistic process than in Western societies.

C) They are all trained in formal, state-controlled schools for the arts.

D) They are nonexistent.

E) They are just copying Western art forms.

79)

In state societies, how is art typically defined?

A) If something is mass produced, it cannot be art.

B) There is a heavy reliance on critics, judges, and experts to make these decisions.

C) Only things intentionally created as art can be called art.

D) Only artists create art.

E) If it is expensive, it is art.

80) In an example of how definitions of art change through time and space, this chapter describes how French impressionism, currently widely esteemed as exceptional art, was initially A) celebrated as one of the great innovations of nineteenth century painting.

B) based on abstract sand paintings from French colonies in West Africa.

C) considered a throwback to "old school" painting styles.

D) ignored for lacking any originality.

E) criticized for being too sketchy and spontaneous to be considered art.

Version 1

16

81) What kind of evidence led scientists studying remains at South Africa's Blombos Cave to suggest that ancient Africans exhibited abstract and creative thought even 100,000 years ago?

A) They found stone pieces that had been transformed into tools and weapons.

B) They found artifacts engraved with symbolic marks.

C) They found paintings on the walls which were graphic representations of animals that did not inhabit the surroundings.

D) What looks like rudimentary pedestals were found, which may have been used to exhibit artistic objects.

E) They found several portable art objects, which included musical whistles and flutes.

82)

What is the term for the comparative study of the musics of the world?

A) acoustic anthropology B) harmonic anthropology C) tonal anthropology D) ethnomusicology E) sociomusicology

83)

Because music is a cultural universal and musical abilities seem to run in families,

A) everybody, regardless of culture, loves to dance.

B) it is possible to use musical abilities as a biological marker for human races.

C) it has been suggested that music is a concept of a social fiction.

D) anthropologists should investigate the connection between music and formerly misunderstood kinship arrangements.

E) it has been suggested that the predisposition for music may have a genetic basis.

84) Found in a cave in Slovenia, the oldest known musical instrument, the "Divje babe flute," dates back more than

Version 1

17

A) 130,000 years.

B) 5,000 years.

C) 5 million years, to roughly the time of the emergence of bipedalism.

D) 43,000 years.

E) 10,000 years, the same time as the emergence of agriculture.

85)

Folk art, music, and lore refer to the A) unrefined manifestations of human creativity produced by illiterate societies.

B) expressive culture of ordinary people.

C) forms of artistic expression found in the New World prior to the arrival of Columbus.

D) forms of artistic expression that exist independently of any given cultural system.

E) manifestations of human creativity that siblings exchange with their progenitors.

86)

For the women of Planinica, a Muslim village in prewar Bosnia, singing signaled A) a series of transitions between age grades.

B) the arrival of spring.

C) that the artisans of the neighboring village were in town to sell their goods.

D) different things to different women.

E) the arrival of soldiers who had finished their military service.

87)

Actors, musicians, and dancers A) are not artists, since theyperform but do notcreate art.

B) function as parasitic consumers of the creative works of artists.

C) distort and dilute the artistic mastery of other artists.

D) function as intermediaries who translate the works and ideas of other artists.

E) are marginal members of artistic communities around the world.

88) What helped broaden the study of humanities from fine art and elite art to "folk" and nonWestern arts, along with the creative expressions of popular culture?

Version 1

18

A) greater ethnic diversity among professors B) expanded Common Core standards C) growing acceptance of the anthropological definition of culture D) the influence of TV and film globalization of media E) the general public's wider acceptance of world entertainment and arts

89) In his study of Navajo music, McAllester found that Navajo music reflected the cultural belief that A) there is no right way to sing a song.

B) a proper form should be applied to music.

C) tribal collectivism should be extended to music.

D) people can learn to appreciate certain kinds of music but not others.

E) foreign music should be accepted and assimilated into the culture.

90)

In nonstate societies, artists A) tend to be full-time specialists.

B) tend to be part-time.

C) do not exist.

D) are relegated to the hidden transcript of the social contract.

E) tend to display their work exclusively in galleries.

91)

Which of the following groups is more accepting of mass media in Brazil?

A) elites B) intellectuals C) women D) clergy E) older men

92)

Which of the following is NOT discussed in this chapter as a way of defining art?

Version 1

19

A) Art is something that is created, with imagination, that expresses important ideas or feelings.

B) Art is the quality, production, expression, or realm of what is beautiful or of more than ordinary significance.

C) Art is the class of objects subject to aesthetic criteria.

D) Art is the creative expression of culture through the visual arts, literature, music, theater arts, and other methods.

E) Art is in a cultural sphere separate from politics and religion.

93) In a study assessing the effects of television on behavior, attitudes, and values, Kottak and a team of researchers found that A) television exposure has a greater impact on behavior, attitudes, and values in the United States than in Brazil.

B) the claim that television exposure affects people's behavior, attitudes, and values is overstated.

C) television exposure inevitably leads to a decrease in social interaction, regardless of the culture.

D) Brazilians watchtelenovelas because they see in these programs the traditions of their culture vividly represented and valued.

E) people's ideas about proper family size are influenced as they see, day after day, nuclear families smaller than the traditional ones in their town.

94) Anthropologists have an interest in sports because, as the media's illustrations of U.S. football suggest, A) sports can symbolize certain key aspects of the culture in which they are highly popular.

B) sports are a rare aspect of culture that is influenced by culture but not vice versa.

C) sports allow for easy cross-cultural comparison because in the international arena the way sports are practiced is the same.

D) they give insight into unfamiliar cultural dynamics that have nothing to do with the general culture.

E) they exemplify how the media determine single-handedly which sports are popular and which are not.

Version 1

20

95) Susan Montague and Robert Morais (1981) argue that Americans appreciate football because it presents a miniaturized and simplified version of modern organizations. These researchers A) suggest that football, with its territorial incursion and violence, is popular because Americans are violent people.

B) link football's values, particularly teamwork, to those associated with business.

C) argue that football allows spectators to vicariously realize their own hostile and aggressive tendencies.

D) suggest that football is a peculiarly American pastime because of our wartime history.

E) argue that football should be regulated the same way we regulate corporations.

96) In the context of media usage, what did Descartes and Kottak conclude during their fieldwork?

A) The presence of positive advertising images in Madagascar television helped reduce the population growth rate of the country.

B) Television shows provide a form of social cement as families and friends watch the same programs.

C) Brazilians are inherently social and are transferring the same to the online world.

D) Parents choose the media messages that help them support and reinforce their own life choices.

E) People who do not use the Internet tend to be older, poorer, and less educated than people who use the Internet regularly.

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

97) Define expressive culture and discuss one reason anthropologists study expressive culture.

98) Write a short essay that discusses one way in which art and religion are connected. Use one or more examples.

Version 1

21

99)

Why is the location of art significant? Use an example to explain your ideas.

100) How does the connection between art and individuality differ, in some cultures, from Western contexts?

101) Define ethnomusicology. Next, focus on one of the case studies of ethnomusicology from the chapter and discuss the value of studying music in its cultural context.

102) Discuss one way in which art and communication are connected. Use an example to make your points.

103) Describe the connection between art appreciation and one's cultural background. Use the text's study of Navajo music as an example.

Version 1

22

104) Discuss one aspect of Kottak's study of television in Brazil and what it concluded about the role of television in Brazil.

105) In what ways have anthropologists studied sports, and what do sports reveal about society and culture?

106) Read the chapter section "Being versus Doing" and write a brief response in which you consider the differences in Brazilian and American understanding of sports culture.

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

107) Write an essay that focuses on the ways in which anthropologists have studied each of the following contexts: arts, media, and sports. Your essay should discuss one reason anthropologists study each of the three areas, and it should include one example—such as an ethnographic case study—that illustrates the value of studying each of the areas of arts, media, and sports.

108)

Discuss why it is so difficult to come up with a universally applicable definition for art.

Version 1

23

109) What is the relationship between art and religion? Is all art religious? Are all religious objects art? Could an object that starts off as religious acquire the qualities of art, and vice versa?

110)

Where is art found? Is art found in the same contexts in all kinds of societies?

111) To what extent can art be isolated from the person who created it? Be sure to include cross-cultural examples to support your answer.

112) What factors influence the production and appreciation of art? Do artists work in a cultural vacuum of pure personal self-expression? What role does society play?

113) What role do the arts play as collective expressions of cultural identities? Is art conservative or liberal? Does art promote change or inhibit it?

Version 1

24

114) Consider the impact the media have on your daily life. From what sources do you have access to popular culture? Which are your favorites, and why?

115) This chapter describes how sports and the media reflect culture and offers among its illustrations a cross-cultural comparison that explores why some countries but not others enjoy international success in sports. Describe the two contrasting cases. Are any of the conclusions surprising? Why or why not?

116) How do the media affect Americans and Brazilians differently? How do the media play a role in the discrepancy between the number of Olympic medals won by the United States and won by Brazil?

Version 1

25

Answer Key Test name: Chap 13_19e_Kottak 1) FALSE 2) TRUE 3) TRUE 4) FALSE 5) FALSE 6) TRUE 7) TRUE 8) TRUE 9) FALSE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE Brazilians place more responsibility on the individual. Less is attributed to factors beyond human control. When individuals who should have performed well don't do so, they are blamed for their failures.

13) FALSE 14) FALSE 15) TRUE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) FALSE 19) FALSE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) TRUE

Version 1

26

23) TRUE 24) TRUE 25) TRUE 26) TRUE 27) TRUE 28) TRUE 29) TRUE 30) TRUE 31) FALSE 32) FALSE 33) TRUE 34) TRUE 35) FALSE 36) FALSE 37) TRUE 38) FALSE 39) TRUE 40) FALSE 41) D 42) B 43) C 44) E 45) B 46) A 47) E 48) C 49) E 50) D 51) D 52) B Version 1

27

53) D 54) D 55) C 56) E 57) D 58) A 59) B 60) B 61) E 62) C 63) A 64) D 65) D 66) C 67) E 68) A 69) A 70) A 71) A 72) B 73) D 74) D 75) B 76) E 77) D 78) B 79) B 80) E 81) B 82) D Version 1

28

83) E 84) D 85) B 86) A 87) D 88) C 89) B 90) B 91) C 92) E 93) E 94) A 95) B 96) D 115) Answers will vary.

Version 1

29

CHAPTER 14 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) The current world stratification system features a substantial contrast between capitalists and workers in the core nations, and workers on the periphery. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2) According to Wallerstein, the nations in the world system can be classified into three types: core, periphery, and frontier. ⊚ true ⊚ false

3) Trade and other economic relations between core and periphery disproportionately benefit capitalists in the core. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4) When deciding where to locate polluting facilities, industries typically target minority and low-income neighborhoods. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5)

Sugar and cotton helped fuel the development of the world system. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6) The seeds of industrial society were planted well before the eighteenth century. For example, a knitting machine invented in England in 1589 was so far ahead of its time that it played a profitable role in factories two and three centuries later. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

1

7) Marx argued that socioeconomic stratification was based on the sharp and simple division between the successful Protestant industrialists and the poor Catholic peasantry. ⊚ true ⊚ false

8) According to Marx, the bourgeoisie is made up of the people who must sell their labor to survive. ⊚ true ⊚ false

9) One of the reasons the industrial revolution began in England is because it did not have enough natural resources such as coal and iron ore and needed to bring these resources from outside. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10) In the context of the factors contributing to industrialization, many members of the emerging middle class during the industrial revolution in England were Catholics, whose beliefs and values encouraged industrial innovation. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11) The domestic system is the economic system in which an organizer-entrepreneur supplies the raw materials to workers in their homes and collects the finished products from them. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12) English national income tripled between 1700 and 1815 and increased 30 times more by 1939. Standards of comfort rose, but prosperity was uneven. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

2

13) The United States originally started out as a peripheral nation, but by 1900 it had asserted itself as a member of the industrialized core. ⊚ true ⊚ false

14)

A culture of consumption led to the development of mass production techniques. ⊚ true ⊚ false

15) Colonialism refers to the solicitation by peripheral countries of political and financial assistance from core nations. ⊚ true ⊚ false

16) The British notion of the "white man's burden" was similar to the French concept mission civilisatrice, in that both were racist ideologies used to justify the colonial efforts of their respective countries. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17)

French colonial strategies incorporated both direct and indirect rule. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18) Many of the political, linguistic, religious, and economic distinctions among the countries of West Africa today are artifacts of colonialism. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19) Belgian colonial administrators were careful to use culturally significant differences to distinguish between the Hutus and Tutsis. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

3

20) Neoliberalism refers to a revival of Adam Smith's classic economic liberalism, which suggests that governments should not regulate private enterprise and that free market forces should rule. ⊚ true ⊚ false

21) The distinction between small- c communism and large- C Communism is an example of arbitrary concepts defined in the social sciences. ⊚ true ⊚ false

22) Postsocialist Russia's economy was growing again by 2010, as were its birth rate and average life expectancy. ⊚ true ⊚ false

23) The Mexican government continued to support its corn farmers by buying some of the harvested crop each year even after signing the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). ⊚ true ⊚ false

24) A position in the world system intermediate between the core and the periphery is known as the "edge." ⊚ true ⊚ false

25)

Wealth invested with the intent of producing profit is called industry. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26)

The capital required for industrialization came from transoceanic commerce.

Version 1

4

⊚ ⊚

27)

true false

The Industrial Revolution began with cattle, sheep, and wool. ⊚ true ⊚ false

28) Max Weber faulted Karl Marx for an overly simplistic and exclusively economic view of stratification. ⊚ true ⊚ false

29) More than half of the national wealth invested in stocks and mutual funds in the United States is owned by the top 1 percent of the richest Americans. ⊚ true ⊚ false

30)

Long-term foreign control of a territory and its people is known as imperialism. ⊚ true ⊚ false

31)

The French used direct rule in many areas of Africa. ⊚ true ⊚ false

32) In neoliberalism, it is believed that the market should be subject to intense governmental regulation. ⊚ true ⊚ false

33) Ideological justification for outsiders to guide or rule native peoples is referred to as indirect rule.

Version 1

5

⊚ ⊚

true false

34) The political movement aimed at replacing capitalism with Soviet-style communism is referred to as communism with a "small c." ⊚ true ⊚ false

35) According to the sociologist Gerhard Lenski (1966), people living in less industrialized societies experience greater social equality than people living in advanced industrial societies. ⊚ true ⊚ false

36) The discovery of the continent of America and a sea route to the Far East began the second phase of European colonialism. ⊚ true ⊚ false

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

37) What term refers to wealth or resources invested in business with the intent of producing a profit?

A) the modern world system B) industrialization C) an open class system D) socioeconomic stratification E) capital

38) According to Wallerstein (2004), what are the three structural positions of the modern world system?

Version 1

6

A) core, periphery, and semiperiphery B) metropole, satellite, and semi-satellite C) state, nation-state, and nation D) wealth, power, and prestige E) preliterate, nonliterate, and literate

39)

Which of the following statements about core nations is FALSE? A) They export their raw materials to other countries.

B) They consist of the strongest and most powerful states.

C) They have advanced systems of production.

D) They have complex economies.

E) They represent the dominant structural position in the world system.

40) According to Gerhard Lenski (1966), in advanced industrial societies what reduces the polarization between the owning and working classes?

A) off-shoring of low-wage jobs B) a socialist government C) less social mobility D) the growth of the middle class E) a less complex stratification system

41)

What does the term Columbian exchange refer to?

Version 1

7

A) the exchange of culture that occurred among Native Americans and Europeans that eventually led to the first great civilizations in the Americas and, in Europe, the first classless societies B) the general reciprocity that characterized the relationship between Europeans and Native Americans during the first 15 years after initial contact C) the spread of people, resources, products, ideas, and diseases between the Eastern and Western hemispheres after contact D) the spread of European notions and technologies of warfare to Native Americans, who never engaged in massive violent campaigns prior to the 1500s E) the peaceful exchange among Europeans and Native Americans of native edible plant species

42)

The growth of a market for sugar in Europe spurred

A) a tremendous expansion in the strength of independent indigenous nations of Mexico and South America.

B) the development of a transatlantic slave trade.

C) the movement of sugar-producing nations from the periphery to the core of the world system.

D) the movement of capitalism, once a cultural trait specific to New Guinea (where sugar was first domesticated), to the rest of the world.

E) a long-term improvement in the distribution of wealth among the rural peasantry of England.

43)

According to Marx, who are the bourgeoisie and the proletariat?

A) the products of gender differentiation from Europe's tribal past B) groups destined to reconcile through the postcapitalist process of alienation C) distinct and opposed classes produced by the world capitalist economy D) exogamous social groups E) moiety groups that dominated Western capitalism

44)

According to Karl Marx, classes are

Version 1

8

A) complementary, in that they each do different tasks necessary for the survival of the society.

B) part of the original, preindustrial social system of humans.

C) powerful collective forces that could mobilize human energies to influence the course of history.

D) based more on notions of prestige and morality than on actual economic differences.

E) not important to his vision of social change in Western society.

45)

What changes did workers instigate in response to industrialization in England?

A) Workers launched a proletarian revolution.

B) Workers barred women and children from working in factories.

C) Workers won the right to control production.

D) Workers developed organizations to protect their interests.

E) Workers demanded the 8-hour work day and the Sabbath off.

46)

Which of the following statements about Karl Marx is FALSE?

A) He analyzed nineteenth-century industrial production capitalism.

B) He viewed socioeconomic stratification in terms of several classes with different but complementary interests.

C) He called the owners of the means of production the bourgeoisie.

D) He called the people who sold their own labor the proletariat.

E) He emphasized class consciousness.

47)

According to Weber, what are the three dimensions of social stratification?

A) the means of production, mode of production, and measure of production B) status, exchange, and religion C) gender, ethnicity, and race D) wealth, power, and prestige E) age, gender, and ethnicity

Version 1

9

48) What is the name of the political, social, economic, and cultural domination of a territory and its people by a foreign power for an extended time?

A) apartheid B) colonialism C) alienation D) petty capitalism E) industrialization

49)

Which of the following statements about British colonialism is FALSE? A) It lacked an intervention philosophy.

B) It can be divided into two stages.

C) It was legitimized by the racist notion of the "white man's burden."

D) It began to disintegrate after World War II. E) It was partly driven by business interests.

50) What term refers to the ideological justification for outsiders to guide native groups in specific directions?

A) development ideology B) intervention philosophy C) coercive philosophy D) development philosophy E) intrusive ideology

51)

What best characterizes the intervention philosophy of the British empire?

A) manifest destiny B) white man's burden C) this land is our land D) fifty-four forty or fight E) in his majesty's domain

Version 1

10

52)

What best typifies the intervention philosophy of the French empire?

A) carte blanche B) savoir-faire C) coup d'état D) mission civilisatrice E) nom de plume

53) How did the Belgian colonizers of East Africa identify who was Tutsi and who was Hutu?

A) individual self-identification B) the number of cattle owned C) previous census data D) phenotype, or how the individual physically looked E) unique tribal body modifications such as scar tattoos

54) In anthropology, history, and literature, the field of postcolonial studies has gained prominence since the 1970s. Postcolonial refers to A) the relations between European nations and the societies they colonized.

B) the period succeeding the slave trade.

C) a moral stance toward oppressed peoples.

D) the study of social movements that, instead of rejecting colonialism, actually embraced it and transformed it for their own benefit.

E) an up-and-coming subfield in sociology.

55)

All of the following are true about neoliberalism EXCEPT that it

Version 1

11

A) seeks to control costs by lowering wage expenses.

B) characterizes the type of policies designed by powerful international financial institutions.

C) has been spreading globally.

D) refers to a recent revival of economic liberalism.

E) is characterized by the policy that environmental protection and job safety are too important to be left unregulated.

56) Neoliberalism is based on Adam Smith's theory of economic liberalism where he advocated that governments should not interfere in economic affairs and instead encourage free enterprise and competition. This meaning of liberalism A) is similar to the currently popular Keynesian economics.

B) varies depending on whether it refers to politics in a Western or non-Western context.

C) has no implications for the relationship between economics and the state.

D) is not favored by most financial institutions such as the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the World Bank, and the Inter American Development Bank.

E) is now considered conservatism in U.S. politics.

57) Communism has two meanings, distinguished by how they are written. Small- c communism describes a social system in which property is owned by the community and in which people work for the common good. Large- C Communism A) is just another version of neoliberalism but in disguise.

B) is an imperial doctrine to appropriate private capital for the sake of the survival of the state.

C) is Lenin's political theory of small-c communism.

D) refers to the social aspects of small-c communism.

E) was a political movement and doctrine seeking to overthrow capitalism and establish a form of communism such as that which prevailed in the Soviet Union (the USSR) from 1917 to 1991.

58) In postsocialist Russia's initial changeover to capitalism, all of the following declined EXCEPT

Version 1

12

A) the birth rate.

B) the poverty rate.

C) life expectancy.

D) the gross domestic product.

E) farm and industry subsidies.

59) By promoting rural-to-urban migration, industrialization hastened the process of proletarianization, which is A) elite domination of the means of communication, schools, and other key institutions.

B) personal identification with one's own economic group.

C) the separation of workers from the means of production.

D) a form of communism.

E) the shift from mills and factories to cottages and farms.

60)

Which of the following is an outcome of deindustrialization in the United States?

A) an increase in the number of religious institutions in areas where industries have shut

down B) an increase in union membership within the U.S. C) increased federal regulations on corporate mergers and acquisitions D) fewer jobs in the U.S., as they are replaced by machines and foreign competitors E) more incentives for illegal immigration

61) Which of the following statements about environmental hazards in American communities is NOT accurate?

Version 1

13

A) Environmental hazards are located disproportionately in minority and poor neighborhoods.

B) Polluting facilities are often built in neighborhoods undergoing demographic and social transition.

C) Polluting industries are more likely to target communities with fewer resources to organize a resistance.

D) Economic resources and political clout have little to do with where polluting facilities are constructed.

E) Poorer communities are more likely to be victims of toxic waste exposure than are more affluent or even average (middle class) communities.

62) Which term refers to a world in which nations are economically and politically interdependent?

A) capital B) corporate culture C) modern world system D) capitalist world economy E) world-system theory

63) Which term refers to the idea that a discernible social system, based on wealth and power differentials, transcends individual countries?

A) capital B) corporate culture C) modern world system D) capitalist world economy E) world-system theory

64)

A profit-oriented global economy based on production for sale is called

Version 1

14

A) capital.

B) corporate culture.

C) a modern world system.

D) a capitalist world economy.

E) world-system theory.

65) In the context of the world-system theory, the ________ refers to countries that are industrialized but not as powerful and economically dominant as the core nations.

A) range B) capital C) semiperiphery D) bourgeoisie E) cash circle

66) In the context of the world-system theory, the term "________" refers to countries that occupy the dominant position in the world system and have advanced systems of production.

A) periphery B) core C) semiperiphery D) capital E) bourgeoisie

67) According to world-system theory, countries within the world system occupy ________ position(s) of economic and political power.

A) one B) two C) three D) four E) ten

Version 1

15

68)

What is the name for a system in which only a single cash crop is produced?

A) divided distribution B) monocrop C) cash crop D) sole property E) world crop system

69) The demand for ________ in a growing international market spurred the development of the trans-Atlantic slave trade and New World economies based on slave labor.

A) caffeine B) salt C) yams D) sugar E) beets

70)

In Europe, socioeconomic transformation through industrialization is known as the A) periphery.

B) core.

C) semiperiphery.

D) Industrial Revolution.

E) cash circle.

71) after

The major form of socioeconomic transformation through industrialization took place

A) 1600.

B) 1700.

C) 1750.

D) 1795.

E) 1800.

Version 1

16

72) One of the reasons that the major form of socioeconomic transformation through industrialization began in England rather than in other nations was that England A) faced a decline in population.

B) had an unstable political system.

C) lacked natural resources.

D) faced stiff tariffs from other countries.

E) was forced to innovate to meet demand.

73) European industrialization developed from, and eventually replaced, the ________ of manufacture.

A) factory system B) factory model C) contingent system D) contingent secular model E) domestic system

74)

The weakest structural and economic position in the world system is known as the A) periphery.

B) core.

C) semiperiphery.

D) Industrial Revolution.

E) cash circle.

75)

Which term refers to people who must sell their labor to survive?

A) bourgeoisie B) proletariat C) working folk D) capital laborers E) labor bottom

Version 1

17

76)

What is another name for proletariat?

A) bourgeoisie B) worker dyad C) working class D) worker core E) working kin

77)

Which term refers to the owners of the means of production?

A) bourgeoisie B) proletariat C) working folk D) capital laborers E) wealth hoarders

78) The socioeconomic effects of industrialization were mixed. Standards of comfort rose, but ________ was uneven.

A) ethics B) cynicism C) religion D) timeliness E) prosperity

79)

It is said that industrialization hastened the process of A) proletarianization.

B) unionization.

C) religious revival.

D) charity.

E) ethical capitalism.

80)

Which term refers to recognition of personal identification with one's economic group?

Version 1

18

A) gelassenheit B) bourgeoisiegelassenheit C) proletarian plight D) class consciousness E) false consciousness

81) Which of the following statements about the middle class in the United States is accurate?

A) There are significant socioeconomic contrasts within the U.S. middle class.

B) The wealth of the U.S. middle class increased more than any other group over the past two decades.

C) The U.S. middle class is a vast, undifferentiated group.

D) The U.S. middle class has received 95 percent of the income gains since the Great Recession of 2007–2009.

E) There is a shrinking of contrasts among all classes in the United States.

82)

Which term refers to a policy aimed at seizing and ruling foreign territories and peoples?

A) indirect rule B) direct rule C) colonialism D) imperialism E) postcolonialism

83) Which term refers to governing through native leaders and established political structures?

A) indirect rule B) direct rule C) colonialism D) imperialism E) postcolonial

Version 1

19

84)

What is the term for imposing new government structures to control diverse societies?

A) indirect rule B) direct rule C) colonialism D) imperialism E) postcolonial

85) Which term refers to the principle that governments shouldn't regulate private enterprise and that instead free market forces should rule?

A) authoritarianism B) intervention philosophy C) neoliberalism D) small-c communism E) large-c Communism

86) Which term refers to ideological justification for outsiders to guide or rule native peoples?

A) authoritarianism B) intervention philosophy C) neoliberalism D) communism E) capitalism

87) A government that promotes obedience to authority rather than individual freedom is referred to as ________.

A) an authoritarian government B) an intervention philosophy C) neoliberalism D) a small-c communist government E) a large-c Communist government

Version 1

20

88) Which term refers to a social system in which property is owned by the community and people work for the common good?

A) authoritarianism B) intervention philosophy C) neoliberalism D) small-c communism E) large-C Communism

89) Which term refers to a political movement aimed at replacing capitalism with Sovietstyle communism?

A) small-c communism B) intervention philosophy C) neoliberalism D) neocapitalism E) large-C Communism

90) Which term refers to a government that bans rival parties and demands total submission of the individual to the state?

A) totalitarian B) hegemony C) postsocialist societies D) corruption E) indigenous people

91) Which term refers to societies that once emphasized bureaucratic redistribution of wealth according to a central plan?

Version 1

21

A) totalitarianism B) hegemony C) postsocialist societies D) corruption E) indigenous people

92) In the context of the world-system theory, Fernand Braudel was a French social historian who argued that A) societies are systems consisting of interrelated parts.

B) religious factors played an important role in industrialization in England.

C) industrialization in England had led to the stratification of the society into two classes: the bourgeoisie and the proletariat.

D) there are three dimensions of social stratification: wealth, power, and prestige.

E) nationality, ethnicity, and religion play a more important role than class in creating a social identity.

93) According to the world-system theory, the _____ consists of the poorest and the least privileged countries where there is less mechanization of economic activities.

A) periphery B) semiperiphery C) core D) edge E) frontier

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

94) Write a detailed short essay that focuses on world-system theory and all of its components.

Version 1

22

95) What is the Columbian exchange? How did it contribute to the emergence of the world system?

96) What was the Industrial Revolution? Where did it take place? What were its consequences? And what was one of its causes?

97) Define industrial stratification. What is one cause of industrial stratification? What new social circumstances did it produce?

98) What is colonialism? How does it differ from imperialism? Provide one example of either British or French colonialism.

99)

What is meant by the term postcolonial? Detail one aspect of postcolonial studies.

100)

Provide a definition of neoliberalism. Discuss one controversial aspect of neoliberalism.

Version 1

23

101) Read the section "Neoliberalism and NAFTA's Economic Refugees" and write a short response in which you discuss what the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) is and how it impacted traditional Mexican farming. Overall, what is your opinion of this aspect of contemporary globalization?

102) Write a short response that differentiates between the two forms of communism discussed in the chapter.

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

103) What is the capitalist world economy? When did it originate, and what are its features?

What are core, semiperiphery, and periphery? What is their relationship to world capitalism?

104) How did the views of Marx and Weber on stratification differ? Relate their views to the modern global stratification system.

105) How is the world stratification system related to structural positions within the world capitalist economy? What about the modern stratification system within the United States?

Version 1

24

106) Based on the way the text defines imperialism and colonialism, do you think that they describe phenomena of the past? These terms have been used recently to describe current international affairs. Find an example of this and compare the use of the term to its definition in the text.

107) Hundreds of ethnic groups and so-called tribes are colonial constructs. What does this mean—does it suggest that they are only imaginary and therefore of no consequence? Provide illustrations with your answers.

108) Ethnographic research in postsocialist societies is thriving. What are some of the common problems typical of these societies? Why would an ethnographic approach be advantageous to addressing these problems?

Version 1

25

Answer Key Test name: Chap 14_19e_Kottak 1) TRUE 2) FALSE 3) TRUE 4) TRUE 5) TRUE 6) TRUE 7) FALSE 8) FALSE 9) FALSE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE 13) TRUE 14) FALSE 15) FALSE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) FALSE 20) TRUE 21) FALSE 22) TRUE 23) FALSE 24) FALSE 25) FALSE 26) TRUE Version 1

26

27) FALSE 28) TRUE 29) TRUE 30) FALSE 31) TRUE 32) FALSE 33) FALSE 34) FALSE 35) FALSE 36) FALSE 37) E 38) A 39) A 40) D 41) C 42) B 43) C 44) C 45) D 46) B 47) D 48) B 49) A 50) B 51) B 52) D 53) B 54) A 55) E 56) E Version 1

27

57) E 58) B 59) C 60) D 61) D 62) C 63) E 64) D 65) C 66) B 67) C 68) B 69) D 70) D 71) C 72) E 73) E 74) A 75) B 76) C 77) A 78) E 79) A 80) D 81) A 82) D 83) A 84) B 85) C 86) B Version 1

28

87) A 88) D 89) E 90) A 91) C 92) A 93) A

Version 1

29

CHAPTER 15 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false.

1) The amount of methane in the atmosphere has increased due to humans and their activities. ⊚ true ⊚ false

2)

Warming caused by trapped atmospheric gases is known as climate change. ⊚ true ⊚ false

3) Some of the contemporary aspects of climate change include reduced snow cover and ocean acidification. ⊚ true ⊚ false

4)

An ombiasa is a traditional sorcerer-healer. ⊚ true ⊚ false

5) The most effective conservation strategies pay attention to the needs and wishes of the local people. ⊚ true ⊚ false

6)

The spread of a dominant culture at the expense of others is known as Westernization. ⊚ true ⊚ false

7) Brazilian nightly serial melodramas, often compared to American soap operas, are called diasporas. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

1

8) A time of questioning of established canons, identities, and standards describes essentialism. ⊚ true ⊚ false

9) A style and movement in architecture and art that succeeded modernism and began in the 1970s is known as diasporic change. ⊚ true ⊚ false

10) "Viewing identities that have developed historically as innate and unchanging" is a definition of postmodern. ⊚ true ⊚ false

11)

Global warming is primarily due to increased solar radiation, not human activity. ⊚ true ⊚ false

12) Development projects usually fail when they try to replace indigenous institutions with culturally alien concepts. ⊚ true ⊚ false

13) When people are asked to give up the basis of their livelihood, they usually comply, especially if they are paid money. ⊚ true ⊚ false

14) The spread of environmentalism may expose radically different notions about the rights and values of plants and animals versus humans. Fortunately, it is clear to everyone that certain animal rights trump other rights.

Version 1

2

⊚ ⊚

true false

15) The term Westernization refers to the positive influence of Western expansion that has spread democratic and capitalistic values to poor countries in Africa and Asia. ⊚ true ⊚ false

16)

Diseases that spread from animals to humans are known as zoonotic diseases. ⊚ true ⊚ false

17) Mass media can play an important role in constructing and maintaining national and ethnic identities. ⊚ true ⊚ false

18) Forces influencing production and consumption are no longer restricted by national boundaries. ⊚ true ⊚ false

19) Diaspora refers to the hegemonic policy of dominators to isolate individuals who publicly resist from the rest of the population. ⊚ true ⊚ false

20) In Spanish-speaking Latin America, social scientists and politicians now favor the term indio over indígena when referring to Native Americans. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

3

21) The term indigenous people gained legitimacy within international law with the creation in 1982 of the United Nations Working Group on Indigenous Populations. ⊚ true ⊚ false

22) In Latin America, the drive by indigenous peoples for self-identification has emphasized their autochthony, with an implicit call for excluding strangers from their communities. ⊚ true ⊚ false

23) Identities are not fixed; they are fluid and multiple. People seize on particular, sometimes competing, self-labels and identities, depending on context. ⊚ true ⊚ false

24) Aerosols warm the planet by absorbing solar radiation as well as cool the planet by reflecting sunlight back to space. ⊚ true ⊚ false

25) Anthropologists are aware that foragers play a more important role in degrading the environment than farmers and herders, who produce food. ⊚ true ⊚ false

26) Business and mass media have played a major role in the evolution of a global culture of consumption. ⊚ true ⊚ false

27) The political meaning of the term globalization involves concepts such as ideology and policy. ⊚ true ⊚ false

Version 1

4

MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

28) Industrialization entailed a shift A) from cultural imperialism to indigenous autonomy.

B) from agricultural to hunting and gathering systems.

C) from indigenous to global economies.

D) from indigenous to governmental political systems.

E) from reliance on renewable resources to the use of fossil fuels.

29) The term "________" refers to the dangers that can affect all the people living on the planet.

A) anthropogenic B) globalization of risk C) indigenization D) postmodernity E) autochthony

30)

Scientists prefer the term ________ to global warming.

A) land use B) radiative forcings C) climate change D) anthropogenic E) adaptive success

31) Global warming along with changing sea levels, precipitation, storms, and ecosystem effects describe

Version 1

5

A) the greenhouse effect.

B) climate change.

C) radiative forcings.

D) anthropogenics.

E) adaptive success.

32)

Which term refers to warming caused by trapped atmospheric gases?

A) greenhouse effect B) climate change C) radiative forcings D) anthropogenic E) adaptive success

33)

Which of the following is an alternative to fossil fuels?

A) petroleum B) oil C) nuclear power D) coal E) natural gas

34) The causes of the rise in global temperatures are mainly ________, which means they are caused by humans and their activities.

A) anthropogenic B) naturogenic C) anthropocentric D) biological E) postmodern

35)

In the chapter, PREDICT related to

Version 1

6

A) postmodernity.

B) emerging diseases.

C) deforestation.

D) the population of the planet.

E) indigenous political rights.

36)

Which term refers to the study of cultural adaptations to environments?

A) environmental anthropology B) ecological anthropology C) ethnoecology D) nature-nurture anthropology E) global-eco anthropology

37) Which term refers to attempts to not only understand but also find solutions to environmental problems?

A) environmental anthropology B) ecological anthropology C) ethnoecology D) nature-nurture anthropology E) global-eco anthropology

38)

Which term refers to a culture's set of environmental practices and perceptions?

A) environmental anthropology B) ecological anthropology C) ethnoecology D) nature-nurture anthropology E) global-eco anthropology

39)

One of the key case studies in deforestation discussed in the chapter occurred where?

Version 1

7

A) Brazil B) Madagascar C) the United States D) Kenya E) Canada

40) Which country showed containment of the Nipah virus by placing bamboo screens over collected date palm sap?

A) Madagascar B) Sri Lanka C) Zimbabwe D) Bangladesh E) Mali

41)

The spread of environmentalism may expose

A) radically different notions about the rights and value of plants and animals versus humans.

B) new political orders.

C) new understandings of global warming.

D) new systems of commerce.

E) new cosmologies.

42)

To help avoid culture clashes over conservation efforts, environmental policy must A) involve locals in planning and implementation.

B) promote radical change.

C) always insist on what is "good for the globe."

D) insist on policies that satisfy international environmental goals.

E) require that all economic activities be environmentally sound.

43)

When different societies come into continuous firsthand contact it is referred to as

Version 1

8

A) acculturation.

B) interethnicity.

C) postmodernism.

D) essentialism.

E) ethnoecology.

44) Which term refers to the acculturative influence of Western expansion on local cultures worldwide?

A) telenovela B) diaspora C) cultural imperialism D) Westernization E) indigenization

45)

One difference between acculturation and diffusion is that diffusion A) can occur without direct contact between the cultures involved.

B) requires sustained firsthand contact.

C) is generally forced and faces considerable resistance from the dominated culture.

D) tends to be reciprocal between the cultures involved.

E) always has a "shock phase" after its initial encounter.

46)

Which word means "modified to fit the local culture"?

A) telenovela B) diaspora C) cultural imperialism D) Westernization E) indigenization

47)

Which term refers to the spread of one dominant culture at the expense of others?

Version 1

9

A) telenovela B) diaspora C) cultural imperialism D) Westernization E) indigenization

48) as

Nightly serial melodramas in Brazil, often compared to American soap operas, are known

A) telenovelas.

B) diasporas.

C) cultural imperialism.

D) Westernization.

E) indigenization.

49)

Which term refers to people who have spread out from an original, ancestral homeland?

A) telenovelas B) diaspora C) cultural imperialism D) Westernization E) indigenized

50) In the country of ________, TV coverage stimulated increased participation in a traditional annual performance known as Chegança.

A) Madagascar B) Mexico C) Spain D) Germany E) Brazil

Version 1

10

51) Which term refers to a style and movement in architecture and art that succeeded modernism and began in the 1970s?

A) essentialism B) radical chic C) capitalism D) postmodernism E) homogenization

52) Which of the following describes the situation in today's world with its dramatic increase of people on the move who have learned to manage multiple identities depending on place and context?

A) postmodernity B) cultural imperialism C) Westernization D) indigenization E) essentialism

53) Which term refers to viewing identities that have developed historically as innate and unchanging?

A) essentialism B) postmodernity C) postmodern D) postmodernism E) homogenization

54)

Which term refers to the deliberate extermination of a specific ethnic group?

A) recidivism B) postmodernism C) genocide D) interethnic conflict E) ethnocide

Version 1

11

55) Until the mid- to late 1980s, Latin American public discourse and state policies emphasized ________ and discouraged indigenous identification and mobilization.

A) acculturation B) postmodernism C) essentialism D) assimilation E) dominance

56) Which term is a self-identifying label that is used by social movements in their quests for social, cultural, and political rights?

A) indigenous people B) mestizo C) indio D) native E) chegança

57)

The terms autochthony and ________ originated in classical Greece.

A) postmodernism B) essentialism C) political D) indigenous E) economy

58)

Autochthony refers to A) media.

B) self and soil.

C) indigenous children.

D) religious viewpoints.

E) economic systems.

Version 1

12

59)

Essentialism is connected to the issue of A) identity.

B) global disease.

C) global warming.

D) climate change.

E) homogenization.

60)

The case of mestizos discussed in the chapter suggested that

A) television is a global phenomenon.

B) the United States has little concern for people who work inmaquiladoras or sweatshops.

C) identity is a fluid, dynamic process.

D) deforestation is eminent.

E) new economic systems are dominating indigenous peoples and their cultures and impact the core of their identities.

61) Because our planet's climate is always changing, the key question becomes: How much of global warming is caused by human activities versus natural climate variability? On this issue, most scientists agree that the causes are mainly A) evolutionary.

B) ecological.

C) anthropogenic.

D) moral.

E) indigenized.

62)

Which is the single greatest obstacle to slowing climate change?

Version 1

13

A) the growing population of the poorer nations in the world B) proper climatic changes C) having scientists decide on a definition of climate change D) global energy demand, particularly in energy-hungry countries such as the United States, China, and India E) a lack of data portraying the effects of climate change

63) Anthropology has always been concerned with how environmental forces influence humans, and how human activities affect the biosphere and the Earth itself. The 1950s through the 1970s witnessed the emergence of an area of study known as cultural ecology or ecological anthropology. This field A) focused on how cultural beliefs and practices help human populations adapt to their environment.

B) studied etic perspectives on human-environment relationships.

C) is no longer relevant, because it dealt with research models that were either regional or local, but not global enough to account for the changes caused by climate change.

D) has limited value in the present day, because it is not scientifically rigorous enough to address environmental problems.

E) studied human-environment relations as cultural constructions and analyzed them as "texts."

64) Which of the following is NOT one of the key points of the American Anthropological Association's "Statement on Humanity and Climate Change"?

A) Human action is the cause of the environmental changes that have taken place during the last 100 years.

B) Climate change will exacerbate the spread of infectious disease.

C) Most of those affected will be people living on coasts, in island nations, and in highlatitude, and high-altitude areas.

D) Climate change should be addressed exclusively at the international and national levels.

E) Consumerism and reliance on fossil fuels are the two key factors influencing climate change.

Version 1

14

65) Today's ecological anthropology, also known as environmental anthropology, attempts not only to understand environmental problems but also to A) find solutions, acknowledging that ecosystems management involves multiple levels.

B) prescribe top-down solutions to ecological problems.

C) work closely with state agencies, among whom they do most of their ethnography, to promote institutional change.

D) contribute to development projects that sometimes, out of necessity, replace indigenous institutions with culturally alien concepts.

E) promote the concepts of environmental rights, even at the expense of cultural rights.

66)

Westernization is a form of what kind of cultural change?

A) exodus B) imperialism C) acculturation D) enculturation E) migration

67) Deforestation is a global concern. Forest loss can lead to increased greenhouse gas production, which contributes to global warming. The destruction of tropical forests is also a major factor in the loss of global biodiversity. The global scenarios of deforestation include all of the following EXCEPT A) demographic pressure on subsistence economies.

B) commercial logging and road building.

C) cash cropping.

D) the intensification of foraging lifestyles among communities that have retreated from the chaos of modern life.

E) urban expansion.

68) Which of the following is NOT one of the possible consequences experienced after the "shock phase" of an encounter between indigenous societies and more powerful outsiders?

Version 1

15

A) increased mortality B) a broad-spectrum revolution C) fragmentation of kin groups D) damaged social support systems E) disrupted subsistence

69)

How does acculturation differ from diffusion, or cultural borrowing?

A) It can occur without firsthand contact.

B) It only affects one of the two groups.

C) It can occur when two nonindustrial societies come into contact.

D) It requires firsthand contact.

E) It affects both groups equally.

70) Which of the following is NOT a factor in the emergence and spread of dangerous infectious diseases like HIV (Human Immunodeficiency Virus)/AIDS (Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome), Ebola, West Nile, SARS (Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome), Lyme disease, and Zika?

A) spillovers from humans to wildlife B) modern air travel C) population increase D) changing settlement patterns E) commercial expansion

71) What is the name of the Brazilian dance play that reenacts the Portuguese discovery of Brazil?

A) Arembepeiros B) Chegança C) Parantíns D) Carnaval E) Dia do Descobrimento

Version 1

16

72) Cases of local communities using modern technology to preserve and revive their traditions A) are examples of hidden ethnocide.

B) are becoming more common.

C) contradict Gramsci's theory of hegemony.

D) are becoming increasingly rare, due to the ballooning cost of the technologies involved.

E) suggest that modern technology is always an agent of cultural imperialism.

73)

All of the following are examples of key forces in modern global culture EXCEPT A) the media.

B) essentialism.

C) production.

D) commerce.

E) finance.

74) As discussed in the text, which of the following Caribbean people have been characterized as living "between two islands" (Grasmuck and Pessar 1991)?

A) Dominicans B) Puerto Ricans C) Cubans D) Jamaicans E) Trinidadians

75) Anthropology teaches us that the adaptive responses of humans can be more flexible than those of other species because our main adaptive means are

Version 1

17

A) biocultural.

B) ethnocentric.

C) chosen through free will.

D) sociocultural.

E) anthropomorphic.

76)

Which of the following is NOT true of postmodernism?

A) The term originally referred to a style and movement in architecture.

B) It rejects rules, geometric order, and austerity.

C) It has a clear and functional design or structure.

D) It draws on a diversity of styles from different times and places.

E) It extends value well beyond classic, elite, Western cultural forms.

77) ________ refers to the blurring and breakdown of established canons (rules or standards), categories, distinctions, and boundaries.

A) Chaos B) Entropy C) Postmodern D) Agoraphobia E) Diaspora

78) In Spanish-speaking Latin America, social scientists and politicians favor which term over indio (Indian), the colonial term that the Spanish and Portuguese conquerors used to refer to the native inhabitants of the Americas?

A) indígena (indigenous person) B) civilian C) citizen D) cultural patrimony E) autochthon

Version 1

18

79) The last 30 years have seen a dramatic shift in the conditions of indigenous peoples in Latin America, where the push by indigenous peoples for self-identification has emphasized all of the following EXCEPT A) political reforms involving a restructuring of the state.

B) their cultural distinctiveness.

C) an implicit call for excluding strangers.

D) limited self-government.

E) sustainable development and political representation.

80) Unlike indigenous peoples, the term ________ highlights the prominence that the exclusion of strangers has assumed in day-to-day politics worldwide and has been claimed by majority groups in Europe.

A) indigenous people B) autochthony C) mestizo D) Euroindio E) freedom fighter

81) ________ describes the process of viewing an identity as established, real, and frozen, so as to hide the historical processes and politics within which that identity developed.

A) Essentialism B) Marketing C) Autochthony D) Patrimony E) Fluidity

82)

________ is any society's set of environmental practices and perceptions.

Version 1

19

A) Ethnoecology B) Ecological imperialism C) Indigenized D) Ecological anthropology E) Essentialism

83) ________ have helped in enlarging the markets for mass media and brands as they can target specific groups who have moved to different countries across the world.

A) Diasporas B) Westernized people C) Indigenous people D) Postmodern societies E) Postcolonial societies

84) In the context of indigenous identity in Spanish-speaking Latin America, the term "mestizaje" was used to refer to A) biological and cultural assimilation of indigenous peoples.

B) adaptation of indigenous customs and traditions into modern society.

C) people who had mixed European and indigenous identities.

D) festivals of indigenous peoples which were allowed to be celebrated by the colonial governments.

E) laws made to exclude indigenous peoples from land ownership.

SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question.

85) Discuss one reason anthropologists are interested in the study of global climate change.

86) Discuss one major concern related to emerging diseases. In your response, be sure to refer to PREDICT. Version 1

20

87)

Discuss what is meant by ecological anthropology. Provide one example.

88) Discuss why anthropologists consider deforestation to be a social problem. As well, discuss one possible solution to this problem.

89)

What is meant by cultural imperialism? Provide one example.

90)

Discuss indigenization with the help of an example.

91)

What is essentialism? How does it relate to identity in indigenous politics?

92)

Discuss some contemporary examples of the notion of autochthony.

Version 1

21

ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper.

93) Write an essay that details what Westernization and cultural imperialism are. Provide an example for each concept.

94) How can the perspective of an ethnographer, who carries out research at the local level of communities, contribute to large-scale environmental concerns such as climate change and deforestation?

95) What is environmental anthropology? What can be its contribution to addressing environmental threats around the world?

96) What are some of the arguments for and against the interpretation of the mass media as forms of cultural imperialism?

Version 1

22

97) How can mass media play a cultural role for those individuals and families leading transnational lives?

98) What is the difference between postmodernity and postmodernism? How has postmodernity affected the units of anthropological study?

99) What are the key points of the American Anthropological Association's "Statement on Humanity and Climate Change"?

100) How have recent movements regarding the politics of identity with regard to indigenous peoples varied around the world?

101) How have indigenous movements, political mobilization, and identity politics affected ethnography?

Version 1

23

102)

What are some recent examples that illustrate globalization of risk?

Version 1

24

Answer Key Test name: Chap 15_19e_Kottak 1) TRUE 2) FALSE 3) TRUE 4) TRUE 5) TRUE 6) FALSE 7) FALSE 8) FALSE 9) FALSE 10) FALSE 11) FALSE 12) TRUE 13) FALSE 14) FALSE 15) FALSE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) FALSE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) FALSE 23) TRUE 24) TRUE 25) FALSE 26) TRUE Version 1

25

27) TRUE 28) E 29) B 30) C 31) B 32) A 33) C 34) A 35) B 36) B 37) A 38) C 39) B One of the key case studies in deforestation discussed in the chapter took place in Madagascar.

40) D 41) A 42) A 43) A 44) D 45) A 46) E Indigenization is the process by which borrowed forms are modified to fit the local culture.

47) C 48) A 49) B 50) E 51) D Version 1

26

52) A 53) A 54) C 55) D 56) A 57) D 58) B 59) A 60) C 61) C 62) D 63) A 64) D 65) A 66) C 67) D 68) B 69) D 70) A 71) B 72) B 73) B 74) A 75) D 76) C 77) C 78) A 79) C 80) B 81) A Version 1

27

82) A 83) A 84) A 97) Answers will vary.

Version 1

28